test_org2
/
ml_tn v0.5.1
forked from test_org/en_tn
0
0
Fork 0
Files Issues Pull Requests Releases 5 Activity Metadata Preview / PDF Preview
ml_tn/tn_EXO.tsv

2493 lines
580 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Permalink Blame History

This file contains invisible Unicode characters

This file contains invisible Unicode characters that are indistinguishable to humans but may be processed differently by a computer. If you think that this is intentional, you can safely ignore this warning. Use the Escape button to reveal them.

This file contains Unicode characters that might be confused with other characters. If you think that this is intentional, you can safely ignore this warning. Use the Escape button to reveal them.

Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note
front:intro b4pp הָ⁠אָבְנָ֑יִם 1 # Introduction to Exodus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Exodus\n\n1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)\n\n* First genealogy (1:1–6)\n* Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)\n* Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)\n* Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)\n* Second genealogy (6:14–27)\n* Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)\n* The plagues (8:1–11:10)\n\n1. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)\n2. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)\n\n* The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)\n* Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)\n\n1. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)\n\n* Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)\n* The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)\n* The covenant described (20:18–23:33)\n* The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)\n* Design of the tabernacle and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; tabernacle functions (25:1–31:18)\n* The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)\n* The covenant described again (34:1–35)\n* Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)\n* The cloud (40:34–38)\n\n### What is the book of Exodus about?\n\nExodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.\n\nThe book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the tabernacle. The tabernacle was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\n“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Exodus?\n\nThe writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.\n\n### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?\n\nMoses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was the most powerful nation at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people, and they should worship him.\n\n### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?\n\nThe book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What was the Jewish Passover?\n\nThe Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt.\n\n### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?\n\nThe law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the tabernacle.\n\n### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?\n\nIsrael was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world. These other nations worshiped many false gods.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Thus says Yahweh\n\nThis phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.\n\n### Pharaoh’s stubborn heart\n\nBetween chapters 4–14 there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).\n\n### Why are the details of the construction of the tabernacle in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?\n\nIn Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the tabernacle was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40. This showed that the people were to be careful to do exactly as God commanded.\n\n### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?\n\nMost but not all of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.\n\n### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?\n\nThe book of Exodus presents God as living in the tabernacle among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him.
1:intro cj55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/​ וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ 0 # Exodus 01 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is intended to form a smooth transition with the last chapter of the book of Genesis.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Israel’s growth\nIsrael grew in number. This was in fulfillment of the covenant God made with Abraham. It also caused the Egyptians great concern that there would be more Israelites than Egyptians because they would be unable to defend themselves against such a large number of people. Pharaoh also tried to kill all of the male babies so they would not become soldiers who fought against him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n### End of the famine\nIt is obvious that some time has passed since the beginning of the famine which brought the Israelites into Egypt. Yahweh appears to be punishing the Hebrews for not returning to the Promised Land instead of choosing to stay in Egypt. No return attempt is recorded to have been made. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “All of the descendants of Jacob were 70 in number”\nThis number included both Jacob’s children and grandchildren. It may cause confusion, but it is important to remember Jacob only had 12 sons.
1:1 h51f rc://*/ta/man/translate/​writing-background 1 Verses 1–7 are background information for the story. If your language has a way of structuring background information, consider using it for these verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1:1 g89k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בֵית֖⁠וֹ 1 Here, **house** refers to all of the people who live together, usually a large family with servants. Alternate translation: “and his household” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:1 fxbx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go הַ⁠בָּאִ֖ים & בָּֽאוּ 1 The words translated as **came in** could also be translated as “went in.” Use whichever form is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
1:1 e65z rc://*/ta/man/translate/​translate-names יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל & יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 **​Jacob** and **Israel** are two names for the same man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1:5 fv84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שִׁבְעִ֣ים 1 “70 in number” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1:6 sh42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/​grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יָּ֤מָת 1 Jacob and his sons spent the rest of their lives in Egypt and died there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1:6 g5qg rc://*/ta/man/translate/​ וְ⁠כָל־אֶחָ֔י⁠ו 1 **all his brothers** includes ten older brothers and one younger brother. If your language has different words for those, you can say, “his ten older brothers and his younger brother”
1:6 hg2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-possession אֶחָ֔י⁠ו 1 This an instance of the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1:7 nuwr rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-metonymy וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 This is the first of many times in this book that **sons of Israel** refers to the Israelite nation or people. Alternate translation: “And the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:7 tccy rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-doublet פָּר֧וּ וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁרְצ֛וּ וַ⁠יִּרְבּ֥וּ וַ⁠יַּֽעַצְמ֖וּ 1 All of these verbs mean similar things and are used together to emphasize that the Israelite people became very numerous. If your language doesn’t have as many words that mean the same thing, you can use fewer words and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “multiplied and became extremely numerous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1:7 uo65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/​ פָּר֧וּ & וַ⁠יִּרְבּ֥וּ & וַ⁠תִּמָּלֵ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 Compare your translation of **fruitful … and multiplied … and the land was filled** here to Genesis 1:28; ​9:1, 7; and especially Genesis 35:11, where God renamed Jacob to be called Israel.
1:7 nk2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor פָּר֧וּ 1 The birth of children to the Israelites is spoken of as if they were plants that were producing fruit. Alternate translation: “had many children” or “gave birth to many children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:7 r2f1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠תִּמָּלֵ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they filled the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:7 ctcv rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-idiom בִּ⁠מְאֹ֣ד מְאֹ֑ד 1 Here, the same word is used twice to emphasize how many the Israelite people had become. If your language does not repeat words like this, express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with much power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:7 piq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants אֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 Here, **them** refers to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1:8 gy05 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יָּ֥קָם 1 This sentence introduces a new event in the story. If your language marks this with particular discourse features, apply them here. (See:[[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1:8 d70t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants מֶֽלֶךְ־חָדָ֖שׁ 1 ​The story begins with the new king. Your language may have a specific way to introduce new events or new characters in a story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1:8 t6jd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יָּ֥קָם מֶֽלֶךְ־חָדָ֖שׁ עַל־מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 Here, **Egypt** refers to the place and the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: “And a new king began to rule over the Egyptians and the country of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:8 z4cx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֹֽא־יָדַ֖ע אֶת־יוֹסֵֽף 1 Here, **Joseph** refers to both the person Joseph and to all of the good things that he did for Egypt. See the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:9 tf59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/​writing-participants וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “And the king said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1:9 aku3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-exclamations הִנֵּ֗ה 1 Here, **behold** draws special attention to what is about to be said. Use a way of drawing people’s attention that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Listen to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1:9 x65i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עַמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 The people are spoken of as if they belonged to the king. This an instance of the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1:9 t7s1 עַמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 There is some ambiguity as to whom exactly Pharaoh was addressing. It could have been: 1) the people who lived in Egypt, the Egyptians or 2) some group of “his people” like his advisors, generals, nobles, or friends and family. Even if option 1 is meant, it is quite possible that he actually spoke to some smaller group of representatives, as in option 2.
1:9 jik8 מִמֶּֽ⁠נּוּ 1 Use a way that is natural in your language to compare non-specific sizes of groups of people. Alternate translation: “more than we are”
1:9 njuf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks הִנֵּ֗ה 1 Beginning from **behold** to the end of [verse 10](../01/10.md) is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1:10 hiq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive נִֽתְחַכְּמָ֖ה & שֹׂ֣נְאֵ֔י⁠נוּ & בָּ֖⁠נוּ 1 The word “us” is inclusive and refers to the king and his people, the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1:10 hwvb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical פֶּן־יִרְבֶּ֗ה וְ⁠הָיָ֞ה כִּֽי־תִקְרֶ֤אנָה מִלְחָמָה֙ 1 The king suggests a combination of two hypothetical events: 1. There are even more Israelites, 2. There is a battle. These are followed by a series of undesirable consequences: 3. The Israelites join an enemy, 4. The Israelites attack the Egyptians, 5. The Israelites leave Egypt. While the series of consequences is also technically hypothetical, the king’s language indicates that if 1-2 happen, then 3-5 are certain. Use language that makes it clear that the first two events are hypothetical, and that the next three are consequences that could be expected if the first two events happen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
1:10 jc1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/​ וְ⁠עָלָ֥ה מִן־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “and he leaves Egypt”
1:10 ni77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of what the king said comes to an end. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1:11 y2mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/​ שָׂרֵ֣י 1 Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work.
1:11 o926 rc://*/ta/man/translate/​ מִסִּ֔ים 1 Here the plural means groups. Alternative translation: “work crews”
1:11 l9lj לְמַ֥עַן עַנֹּת֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠סִבְלֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 “to force the Israelites to do hard work for the Egyptians”
1:11 pkz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/​translate-unknown עָרֵ֤י מִסְכְּנוֹת֙ 1 These were places where the leaders put away food and other important things to keep them safe. Alternative translation: “cities in which to put away things to keep them safe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1:11 dy34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-possession עָרֵ֤י מִסְכְּנוֹת֙ 1 The possessive is objective; storage of goods is what occurs in the cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1:12 c1fy rc://*/ta/man/translate/​grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠כַ⁠אֲשֶׁר֙ יְעַנּ֣וּ אֹת֔⁠וֹ כֵּ֥ן יִרְבֶּ֖ה וְ⁠כֵ֣ן יִפְרֹ֑ץ 1 This sentence expresses a result that is opposite of what the king expected. If your language has a way to express something happening that was opposite of what was expected, use that structure. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1:12 pdfk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠יָּקֻ֕צוּ 1 “And they were afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1:12 qgzz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that the Egyptians were afraid of the Israelites’ existence in the country. Alternate translation: “whenever they saw an Israelite” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:13 j1q6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠יַּעֲבִ֧דוּ מִצְרַ֛יִם אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠פָֽרֶךְ 1 Here, **rigor** is a noun used to modify the verb **enslaved**. **Rigor** could refer either to how hard the work was or how unkindly the Egyptians treated the Israelites. Alternate translation: “And the Egyptians made the sons of Israel work very hard” or “And the Egyptians harshly made the sons of Israel work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1:14 mx6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְמָרְר֨וּ 1 The difficult lives of the Israelites are spoken of as if they were bitter food that was difficult to eat. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:14 jre2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בַּ⁠עֲבֹדָ֣ה קָשָׁ֗ה 1 **Slavery** is an abstract noun modified by **hard**. Alternative translation: “by making them work hard as slaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1:14 cuq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/​translate-unknown בְּ⁠חֹ֨מֶר֙ 1 This was a wet glue or mud put between bricks or stones that held them together when it dried. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1:14 h5dx rc://*/ta/man/translate/​translate-unknown וּ⁠בִ⁠לְבֵנִ֔ים 1 A hardened rectangular block of mud, clay etc., used for building. (Source: Wiktionary) The clay or mud was hardened either in the sun or by heating it to higher temperatures in other ways. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1:14 gzq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/​ אֵ֚ת כָּל־עֲבֹ֣דָתָ֔⁠ם אֲשֶׁר־עָבְד֥וּ בָ⁠הֶ֖ם בְּ⁠פָֽרֶךְ׃ 1 “the Egyptians made them work very hard” or “the Egyptians forced them to work very hard” See how you translated this in [verse 13](../01/13.md)
1:14 fnzx rc://*/ta/man/translate/​writing-participants וַ⁠יְמָרְר֨וּ & בָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 These pronouns refer to the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1:14 acj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/​writing-participants חַיֵּי⁠הֶ֜ם & עֲבֹ֣דָתָ֔⁠ם & עָבְד֥וּ 1 These pronouns refer to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1:15 yoaj rc://*/ta/man/translate/​writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 This sentence introduces a new event in the story. If your language marks this with particular discourse features, apply them here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1:15 hhw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/​ לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֖ת 1 These were women who helped a woman give birth to a baby.
1:15 h8f8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names שִׁפְרָ֔ה & פּוּעָֽה 1 These are Hebrew women’s names. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1:15 h59t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants שִׁפְרָ֔ה & פּוּעָֽה 1 The midwives are introduced here as new participants in the story. Use your language’s way to introduce new characters in a story.​ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1:16 dwwz rc://*/ta/man/translate/​ וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 In the UST, **And the king said**, is combined with “spoke” from [verse 15](../01/15.md) because the verb for “say” is used twice before he speaks. This may be strange in some languages. If it would be unnatural to say that the king spoke or said twice, you may leave one off.
1:16 yovg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks בְּ⁠יַלֶּדְ⁠כֶן֙ אֶת־הָֽ⁠עִבְרִיּ֔וֹת וּ⁠רְאִיתֶ֖ן עַל־הָ⁠אָבְנָ֑יִם אִם־בֵּ֥ן הוּא֙ וַ⁠הֲמִתֶּ֣ן אֹת֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אִם־בַּ֥ת הִ֖יא וָ⁠חָֽיָה 1 This is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1:16 flke rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-youdual בְּ⁠יַלֶּדְ⁠כֶן֙ & וּ⁠רְאִיתֶ֖ן & וַ⁠הֲמִתֶּ֣ן 1 The king is speaking to the two midwives, so the form of **you** is plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-youdual]])
1:16 h3mb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל־הָ⁠אָבְנָ֑יִם 1 Women sat on this short stool as they gave birth. Therefore, it is associated with birth. Alternate translation: “as they give birth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:16 nms7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical אִם־בֵּ֥ן הוּא֙ וַ⁠הֲמִתֶּ֣ן אֹת֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אִם־בַּ֥ת הִ֖יא וָ⁠חָֽיָה 1 ​These two statements are hypothetical conditions (starting at **if**) with instructions for what the midwives should do in each situation (starting at **then**). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
1:17 gy7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠תִּירֶ֤אןָ 1 Use a conjunction or other language structure that expresses contrast. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1:18 y9g5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/​ לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֔ת 1 These were women who helped a woman give birth to a baby. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:15](../01/15.md).
1:18 z0l4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מַדּ֥וּעַ עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וַ⁠תְּחַיֶּ֖יןָ אֶת־הַ⁠יְלָדִֽים 1 This is a direct quote of the king’s question. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1:18 y73k rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֔ן מַדּ֥וּעַ עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וַ⁠תְּחַיֶּ֖יןָ אֶת־הַ⁠יְלָדִֽים 1 This could be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “and he asked them why they were letting the sons live.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1:18 q1sy מַדּ֥וּעַ עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וַ⁠תְּחַיֶּ֖יןָ אֶת־הַ⁠יְלָדִֽים 1 Alternate translation: “Why have you not killed the baby boys?”
1:18 honv rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-youdual עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן 1 This **you** is plural. The king is speaking to the two midwives. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-youdual]])
1:19 st6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks כִּ֣י לֹ֧א כַ⁠נָּשִׁ֛ים הַ⁠מִּצְרִיֹּ֖ת הָֽ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת כִּֽי־חָי֣וֹת הֵ֔נָּה בְּ⁠טֶ֨רֶם תָּב֧וֹא אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ן הַ⁠מְיַלֶּ֖דֶת וְ⁠יָלָֽדוּ 1 This is a direct quote of the midwives’ response. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1:19 ngqe rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י לֹ֧א כַ⁠נָּשִׁ֛ים הַ⁠מִּצְרִיֹּ֖ת הָֽ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת כִּֽי־חָי֣וֹת הֵ֔נָּה בְּ⁠טֶ֨רֶם תָּב֧וֹא אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ן הַ⁠מְיַלֶּ֖דֶת וְ⁠יָלָֽדוּ 1 The midwives give a reason, **the Hebrew women are not like the Egyptian women**, and then they expand on that reason, **for they are lively** (or energetic), with the result that **before the midwife comes to them, they have given birth.**  (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1:19 zppa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠תֹּאמַ֤רְןָ הַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹת֙ 1 It may not make sense in your language to say that multiple people said something, so you may need to translate it in the singular (see UST). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1:19 tivn הַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹת֙ 1 These were women who helped a woman give birth to a baby. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:15](../01/15.md).
1:20 eh25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/​ לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֑ת 1 These were women who helped a woman give birth to a baby. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:15](../01/15.md).
1:20 h133 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וַ⁠יִּ֧רֶב הָ⁠עָ֛ם וַ⁠יַּֽעַצְמ֖וּ מְאֹֽד 1 These words mean similar things and are used together to emphasize their numeric growth. If your language doesn’t have as many words that mean the same thing, you can use fewer words and express the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1:20 zwpb rc://*/ta/man/translate/​grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יֵּ֥יטֶב אֱלֹהִ֖ים לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֑ת 1 This phrase is more logically connected to the statements in verse 21. It describes the result of the midwives fearing God with a general statement. You may need to rearrange vs 20-21 so that the reason (vs 21) comes before both the general and specific results. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1:21 cq9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/​grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יְהִ֕י כִּֽי־יָֽרְא֥וּ הַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֖ת אֶת־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 This is the reason for what God did. You may need to rearrange vs 20-21 so that the reason (vs 21) comes before both the general and specific results. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1:21 pbve rc://*/ta/man/translate/​grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ לָ⁠הֶ֖ם בָּתִּֽים 1 This describes the result of the midwives fearing God with a specific statement. You may need to rearrange vs 20-21 so that the reason (vs 21) comes before both the general and specific results. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1:21 jx9c בָּתִּֽים 1 “households”
1:22 ld1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ 1 This order was given in order to drown the male children. The full meaning of this may be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You must dispose of each new baby boy in the river so he will drown” or “Drown each baby boy in the river when he is born” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:22 a6b2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יְצַ֣ו פַּרְעֹ֔ה לְ⁠כָל־עַמּ֖⁠וֹ לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בַּ֖ת תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן 1 From **You shall** to the end of the verse is a direct quote of Pharaoh’s speech. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. However, it could be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And Pharaoh commanded all of his people to throw every baby boy into the river, but to let the every girl live.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1:22 stag rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ & תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן 1 The uses of the word **you** here refer to all the Egyptians. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-youdual]])
2:intro rwf3 0 # Exodus 02 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### Covenant\nGod begins to relate to the Israelites based on his covenant with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.\n\n\n### Moses’ heritage\nIn the first part of this chapter, Pharaoh’s daughter recognizes Moses as being a Hebrew, but in the last part of this chapter, the Midianites believe him to be an Egyptian.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Identification of participants\n- Moses is the only participant named in most of this chapter. This is because many of the participants play very minor roles and because this part of the story is focusing on Moses’ life.\n\n### Ironic situations\n- While Pharaoh tried to diminish the power of the Israelites by killing all of their baby boys, God used Pharaoh’s own daughter to save Moses.\n\n\n- Moses believes he is meant to be the rescuer of his people, but they reject him. Ultimately, Moses was correct, but God had not yet sent him for that mission.
2:1 wvj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ 1 A new scene begins here; that may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2:1 riy7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants אִ֖ישׁ & בַּת 1 These are new participants. They remain unnamed until [Exodus 6:20](../06/20.md) where they are identified as Amram and Jochebed. For now it is best to leave them unnamed in your language, if possible. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:1 d0u9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּקַּ֖ח אֶת־בַּת־לֵוִֽי 1 This is an idiom for marrying. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:2 s49k ט֣וֹב 1 Alternative translations: “pleasing,” “fine,” or “healthy” (UST)
2:2 q4c0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶא & וַֽ⁠תִּצְפְּנֵ֖⁠הוּ 1 Hiding the boy was a result of seeing that he was good. Alternative translation: “Since she saw … she hid him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2:2 z0k4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה 1 3 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2:3 t2gj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown תֵּ֣בַת גֹּ֔מֶא 1 This is a basket made from a tall grass that grows by the Nile River in Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2:3 tn3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תַּחְמְרָ֥⁠ה בַ⁠חֵמָ֖ר וּ⁠בַ⁠זָּ֑פֶת 1 You could explicitly state that this was to keep out water. Alternate translation: “spread tar on it to keep water from getting into it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:3 wpb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וַ⁠תַּחְמְרָ֥⁠ה 1 This means that she applied a waterproof coating. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2:3 ym3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בַ⁠חֵמָ֖ר 1 This is a sticky black paste made from petroleum. It can be used to keep out water. Alternate translation: “with tar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2:3 v825 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וּ⁠בַ⁠זָּ֑פֶת 1 This is a sticky brown or black paste that can be made from tree sap or from petroleum. Therefore, **pitch** would include not only bitumen but also plant-based resins. It too can be used to keep out water. Alternate translation: “and with tar” or “and with resin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2:3 y8gq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בַּ⁠סּ֖וּף 1 These **reeds** were a type of tall grass that grew in flat, wet areas. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2:4 av8b וַ⁠תֵּתַצַּ֥ב אֲחֹת֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠רָחֹ֑ק 1 This means she stood far enough away so that she would not be noticed, but close enough to see the ark. Use a word that expresses this sort of distance in your language.
2:4 nm7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מֵ⁠רָחֹ֑ק 1 This probably means somewhere in the reeds where she could see the basket but no one would see her. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2:4 dd7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship אֲחֹת֖⁠וֹ 1 In the UST, “older” is supplied because her actions clearly show she is his older sister. In some languages a different term is used for siblings based on their relative ages and/or the gender of the siblings. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]])
2:4 z1cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ⁠דֵעָ֕ה מַה־יֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה לֽ⁠וֹ 1 This is her purpose in being close by. Alternative translation: “in order to learn what would happen to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
2:5 avls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶד 1 **Came down** may be literal or figurative, as important places are often considered to be in a higher place. This means she came from her home, probably Pharaoh’s palace. If a perspective is required for Pharaoh’s daughter, you may choose go or come as works best in your language. “Come” is better as the scene is at the river and she comes to the scene location. However, you also need to consider your language’s way of introducing new participants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2:5 y26h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants וַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶד בַּת־פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 The **daughter of Pharaoh** is introduced here as a new participant. Along with choosing come or go as mentioned in the previous note, you may need to mark her introduction in a particular way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:5 cvan rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants וְ⁠נַעֲרֹתֶ֥י⁠הָ 1 These women are introduced here as new participants; however they are not mentioned again after this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:5 im0d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עַל־יַ֣ד הַ⁠יְאֹ֑ר 1 **Hand** is a metaphor for “side,” which in this case can be translated as the shore or bank (UST) of the river. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2:5 bi7s וְ⁠נַעֲרֹתֶ֥י⁠הָ 1 These were the young women whose job it was to be with her and make sure nothing bad happened to her.
2:5 am7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants וַ⁠תִּקָּחֶֽ⁠הָ 1 It is not clear who is meant by **she** here, either Pharaoh’s daughter or the servant. It is likely that Pharaoh’s daughter stays the subject. Alternative translation: “and she took the ark from her slave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:6 g9n6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations וְ⁠הִנֵּה 1 The word **behold** signals the surprising information that follows. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2:6 tyub rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠תַּחְמֹ֣ל עָלָ֔י⁠ו 1 The text does not state exactly what caused her to have compassion on the baby. If a reason must be provided in your language it should be connected to either his crying (this is the better option) or that he was a “good” baby [verse 2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2:6 jg0d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מִ⁠יַּלְדֵ֥י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים זֶֽה 1 This is a direct quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. It seems to have been said loud enough for the baby’s sister to hear. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2:7 czvu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וְ⁠קָרָ֤אתִי לָ⁠ךְ֙ אִשָּׁ֣ה מֵינֶ֔קֶת מִ֖ן הָ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת וְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק לָ֖⁠ךְ אֶת־הַ⁠יָּֽלֶד 1 This is a direct quote of the baby’s sister. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2:7 x5ja וְ⁠קָרָ֤אתִי לָ⁠ךְ֙ אִשָּׁ֣ה מֵינֶ֔קֶת מִ֖ן הָ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת 1 This is a suggestive question. The child’s sister is hopeful that Pharaoh’s daughter does not have a plan yet for the baby beyond saving his life. However, it is still a true question, for without Pharaoh’s daughter’s permission the child’s sister will not be able to fetch the woman. If your language has a way of forming questions that are also suggestions, use it here.
2:7 psb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֲחֹת⁠וֹ֮ & בַּת־פַּרְעֹה֒ 1 These are both possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2:7 d7aj מֵינֶ֔קֶת & וְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק 1 **To nurse** means to feed with milk from the breast.
2:7 tqq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק לָ֖⁠ךְ אֶת־הַ⁠יָּֽלֶד 1 This is the purpose of the sister’s proposal. Alternative translation: “And she could nurse the infant for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
2:8 ab1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go לֵ֑כִי & וַ⁠תֵּ֨לֶךְ֙ 1 The girl left Pharaoh’s daughter to go to the child’s mother. The girl was almost certainly on foot. Use verbs of motion that express this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2:8 t456 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לֵ֑כִי 1 This is a direct quote. Pharaoh’s daughter commands the baby’s sister. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2:8 lyyj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בַּת־פַּרְעֹ֖ה & אֵ֥ם הַ⁠יָּֽלֶד 1 These are both the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2:9 lmko rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בַּת־פַּרְעֹ֗ה 1 This is the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2:9 u554 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants לָ֣⁠הּ 1 The child’s mother is reintroduced as a participant. Alternative translation: “to the baby’s mother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:9 xp5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks הֵילִ֜יכִי אֶת־הַ⁠יֶּ֤לֶד הַ⁠זֶּה֙ וְ⁠הֵינִקִ֣⁠הוּ לִ֔⁠י וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י אֶתֵּ֣ן אֶת־שְׂכָרֵ֑⁠ךְ 1 This is a direct quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2:9 mogg שְׂכָרֵ֑⁠ךְ 1 This refers to payment that Pharaoh’s daughter would give to the mother in exchange for her service of nursing the baby.
2:9 hqsa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תִּקַּ֧ח & וַ⁠תְּנִיקֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 The mother’s acceptance of the deal is implied. You could make it explicit, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:10 zj8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יִגְדַּ֣ל הַ⁠יֶּ֗לֶד וַ⁠תְּבִאֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ 1 An unspecified amount of time is designated by this. He would have stayed with his mother at least until he was weaned (no longer drinking his mother’s milk). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
2:10 ta4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לְ⁠בַת־פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 This is the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2:10 j7n1 וַֽ⁠יְהִי־לָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠בֵ֑ן 1 “and he became the adopted son of Pharaoh’s daughter”
2:10 h7to rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַֽ⁠יְהִי־לָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠בֵ֑ן וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֤א שְׁמ⁠וֹ֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 These events were likely simultaneous, because her act of naming him may have been what made him become **as a son to her**. Consider using a conjunction that does not make a great separtion between these events. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
2:10 nh2m מֹשֶׁ֔ה וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר כִּ֥י מִן־הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם מְשִׁיתִֽ⁠הוּ 1 Translators may add a footnote that says “The name Moses sounds like the Hebrew word that means ‘draw out.’”
2:10 ityq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר כִּ֥י מִן־הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם מְשִׁיתִֽ⁠הוּ 1 This is a direct quote. It could be stated indirectly. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. Alternate translation: “because she said she draw him out of the water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2:10 yax4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 **Moses** - (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:11 tyol rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יְהִ֣י׀ בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ם וַ⁠יִּגְדַּ֤ל מֹשֶׁה֙ וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א 1 A significant amount of time has passed; later texts state that Moses was 40 years old at this point. Alternative translation: “Many years later, once Moses was grown, he went out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
2:11 p7gx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֣י׀ בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ 1 This introduces a new event in the story. In your language, use a phrase that indicates a new event occurring after significant time has passed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2:11 n17y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א 1 The UST supplies a probable location that he **went out** from; it could also have been simply out from the Egyptian area or out to the work area or cities. Use go or come as appropriate in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2:11 swn3 מַכֶּ֥ה אִישׁ־עִבְרִ֖י 1 “hitting a Hebrew” or “beating a Hebrew”
2:12 m9bn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism וַ⁠יִּ֤פֶן כֹּה֙ וָ⁠כֹ֔ה 1 These two opposite directions have the combined meaning of “everywhere.” Alternate translation: “He looked all around” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2:12 rmgn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יַּךְ֙ 1 The context makes clear that Moses struck the Egyptian hard enough or repeatedly until Moses killed him. Consider using a word that indicates a deadly blow. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2:13 qn45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙ 1 See how you translated this in [Exodus 2:11](../02/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2:13 h3e6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י 1 The ordinal number here could mean “the next day” (UST) or simply on some day following the events of the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2:13 rgn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations וְ⁠הִנֵּ֛ה 1 Here, **behold** shows that Moses was surprised by what he saw. You can use a word in your language that will give this meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2:13 i4d6 לָֽ⁠רָשָׁ֔ע 1 Based on Moses’s question, this means the aggressor or the man wrongfully attacking his neighbor. Alternate translation: “the man who was guilty of starting the fight”
2:13 duob rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לָ֥⁠מָּה תַכֶּ֖ה רֵעֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2:14 qb2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מִ֣י שָֽׂמְ⁠ךָ֞ לְ⁠אִ֨ישׁ שַׂ֤ר וְ⁠שֹׁפֵט֙ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 The man used this question to rebuke Moses for intervening in the fight. Alternate translation: “You are not our leader and have no right to judge us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2:14 afne rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מִ֣י שָֽׂמְ⁠ךָ֞ לְ⁠אִ֨ישׁ שַׂ֤ר וְ⁠שֹׁפֵט֙ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ הַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָרַ֖גְתָּ אֶת־הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֑י 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2:14 k6s5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony הַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָרַ֖גְתָּ אֶת־הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֑י 1 The man used a question here to be sarcastic. Alternate translation: “We know that you killed an Egyptian yesterday. You had better not kill me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]
2:14 sqmk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָרַ֖גְתָּ אֶת־הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֑י 1 The man asks a question that is intended to make a statement. Alternate translation: “Do you think you can kill me without anyone finding out? We know what you did to the Egyptian” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2:14 d2ja הַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר 1 “Are you planning to kill me” or “Are you threatening to kill me”
2:14 lyqh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-aside אָכֵ֖ן נוֹדַ֥ע הַ⁠דָּבָֽר 1 It is likely this is something Moses said to himself, that is, he thought it to himself rather than speaking to the men in front of him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
2:14 vfw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֔ר אָכֵ֖ן נוֹדַ֥ע הַ⁠דָּבָֽר 1 It may be clearer to present as an indirect quotation what was likely a thought Moses had. Alternative translation (as indirect quotation): “because he thought that everyone knew what he had done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2:15 yutr וַ⁠יְבַקֵּ֖שׁ לַ⁠הֲרֹ֣ג אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 Pharaoh most likely delegated this task. Alternative translation: “and he sought to have Moses killed” (note that the passive form will not work in every language), see UST
2:15 l5rc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י 1 His **face** means his presence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2:15 otsl וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב & וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב 1 These are the same verb. There are three possible interpretations: 1. Moses lived in Midian. He sat by this well one day. This may have been the well for the town he lived in. 2. Moses lived in Midian. His home was by this well. 3. Moses was a wanderer. He was in Midian and sat by this well when the next event occurred.
2:16 shg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת 1 This sentence is background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2:16 pjzc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת 1 This sentence is used to mark a transition. However, the last clause of the previous verse (“and he sat down by a well”) seems to be related to this new scene so you may want to make your transition there as is done in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2:16 cfe5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת וַ⁠תָּבֹ֣אנָה 1 The **daughters** are new participants. Indicate that in a way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:16 sm8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠תָּבֹ֣אנָה 1 The perspective of the narrative is set at the well. The daughters came from elsewhere to the well. They were probably on foot. Here each language will need to choose the appropriate word. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2:16 v5yk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת 1 This is the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2:16 esdm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שֶׁ֣בַע 1 7 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2:16 i2jh וַ⁠תִּדְלֶ֗נָה 1 This means that they brought up water from a well.
2:16 g1e6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הָ֣⁠רְהָטִ֔ים 1 These were a long, narrow, open containers for animals to eat or drink out of. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2:16 p3uo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession צֹ֥אן אֲבִי⁠הֶֽן 1 There are two possessives here: 1) **their father** is the possessive of social relationship; 2) **the flock of … father** is the possessive of ownership. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2:17 k5yc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥אוּ 1 A group of men came. They may not have been far away before coming and driving the women away. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2:17 zksv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants הָ⁠רֹעִ֖ים 1 These are new, very brief, participants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:17 z17m rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יָּ֤קָם 1 Use an expression that communicates that what Moses did was unexpected. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2:18 omzv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠תָּבֹ֕אנָה 1 The daughters came from the well to their father, probably on foot. You can use come or go. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2:18 st7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names רְעוּאֵ֖ל 1 **Reuel**, a name or perhaps a title, is used of the man only here and in Numbers 10:29. He is otherwise called “Jethro.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:18 n5f3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants רְעוּאֵ֖ל 1 The priest of Midian was mentioned in [v. 16](../02/16.md) in a background statement but is a new participant starting here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:18 tiqh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֲבִי⁠הֶ֑ן 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2:18 lukb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר מַדּ֛וּעַ מִהַרְתֶּ֥ן בֹּ֖א הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 This is a direct quote. You could use an indirect quotation such as “and he asked how they were able to return so quickly that day.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2:18 d4at rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go בֹּ֖א 1 Alternative translation: “in returning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2:19 r01g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אִ֣ישׁ מִצְרִ֔י הִצִּילָ֖⁠נוּ מִ⁠יַּ֣ד הָ⁠רֹעִ֑ים וְ⁠גַם־דָּלֹ֤ה דָלָה֙ לָ֔⁠נוּ וַ⁠יַּ֖שְׁקְ אֶת־הַ⁠צֹּֽאן 1 This is a direct quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2:19 cg80 אִ֣ישׁ מִצְרִ֔י 1 Jethro’s daughters assume Moses was Egyptian. When you translate it, you should be clear that this refers to Moses.
2:19 hvb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-metonymy מִ⁠יַּ֣ד 1 **Hand** figuratively refers to the power, control, or actions of the shepherds. Alternative translation: “from the strength of” or “from the harm of” or see UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2:19 ggvb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom דָּלֹ֤ה דָלָה֙ 1 The repeated word expresses surprise or emphasizes the magnitude of Moses’ act of kindness to the women. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:20 x73j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּנֹתָ֖י⁠ו 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2:20 x9yb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠אַיּ֑⁠וֹ לָ֤⁠מָּה זֶּה֙ עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ן אֶת־הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ 1 These questions are a mild rebuke to the daughters for not inviting Moses into their home according to the normal hospitality of that culture. Alternate translation: “You should not have left this man at the well!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2:20 p6xh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וְ⁠אַיּ֑⁠וֹ לָ֤⁠מָּה זֶּה֙ עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ן אֶת־הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ קִרְאֶ֥ן ל֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠יֹ֥אכַל לָֽחֶם׃ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2:20 mb8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ל֖⁠וֹ 1 **Him** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:20 hal8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לָֽחֶם 1 **Bread** is used to refer to food in general. Alternative translation: “food”(See: [Synecdoche](rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche))
2:21 zvr1 וַ⁠יּ֥וֹאֶל מֹשֶׁ֖ה לָ⁠שֶׁ֣בֶת אֶת־הָ⁠אִ֑ישׁ 1 “Moses agreed to live with Reuel”
2:21 y3q7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names צִפֹּרָ֥ה 1 **Zipporah** is Reuel’s (Jethro’s) daughter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:21 dj8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בִתּ֖⁠וֹ 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2:22 l3xg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks גֵּ֣ר הָיִ֔יתִי בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ נָכְרִיָּֽה 1 Only this portion is a quotation. As a possibility for clarity, the UST includes both speech events as one quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2:22 n5b1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גֵּרְשֹׁ֑ם 1 This is Moses’ son. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:22 f76m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גֵּרְשֹׁ֑ם 1 His name, **Gershom**, sounds somewhat like the Hebrew for “a stranger here.” You may consider using a footnote to explain that. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:22 q7d8 גֵּ֣ר הָיִ֔יתִי בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ נָכְרִיָּֽה 1 “stranger in a foreign land”
2:23 fjkt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִי֩ בַ⁠יָּמִ֨ים הָֽ⁠רַבִּ֜ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ם 1 This introduces a new section and series of events. A large amount of time went by. According to Stephen’s sermon in Acts 7:30, Moses was in Midian 40 years. Alternative translation: “This is what happened during the many days Moses was in Midian.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2:23 akw0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וַ⁠יְהִי֩ בַ⁠יָּמִ֨ים הָֽ⁠רַבִּ֜ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ם 1 Verses 23-25 give a summary of what happened in Egypt and with the Israelites and God while Moses was in exile. These verses give background information to set the scene. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2:23 csg2 וַ⁠יֵּאָנְח֧וּ 1 They **groaned** because of their sorrow and misery. Alternate translation: “sighed deeply”
2:23 x84a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וַ⁠תַּ֧עַל שַׁוְעָתָ֛⁠ם 1 The cries of the Israelites are spoken of as if they were a person and were able to travel up to where God is. Alternate translation: “and their cries arose” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
2:24 sja4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּזְכֹּ֤ר אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 This was a customary way of saying that God thought about what He had promised. Alternate translation: “and God recalled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:intro n6ze 0 # Exodus 03 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter records one of the most important events in the history of the Israelite people: the revelation of the name Yahweh at the burning bush. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### God’s holiness\n\nGod is so holy that people could not look upon him without dying. This is why Moses covered his eyes. It is also why he took off his shoes. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Yahweh\n\nThe name Yahweh is sacred in the Hebrew religion. It is the personal name of God, which he revealed to Moses. It is by this name that he is known. Yahweh means “I am.” Some translations use all capitals to set this apart, “I AM.” Great care must be taken in translating the phrase “I am that I am.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Participants\n\n“The angel of Yahweh,” “Yahweh,” and “God” all appear to be speaking to Moses and interacting with him from the burning bush. Furthermore, God says that his name is “I AM.” (See note above on Yahweh and I AM.) Yahweh and God are the same while there is speculation about who the angel of Yahweh is.
3:1 gqvh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֗ה הָיָ֥ה רֹעֶ֛ה 1 This phrase brings the story focus back to Midian and Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
3:1 oqcr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֗ה הָיָ֥ה רֹעֶ֛ה אֶת־צֹ֛אן יִתְר֥וֹ חֹתְנ֖⁠וֹ כֹּהֵ֣ן מִדְיָ֑ן וַ⁠יִּנְהַ֤ג אֶת־הַ⁠צֹּאן֙ אַחַ֣ר הַ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר וַ⁠יָּבֹ֛א אֶל־הַ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים חֹרֵֽבָ⁠ה׃ 1 Verse 1 provides immediate background context, setting the scene for Moses’ interaction with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
3:1 jv7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession צֹ֛אן יִתְר֥וֹ 1 This is an ownership possessive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
3:1 ap00 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession חֹתְנ֖⁠וֹ 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
3:1 l7x6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession כֹּהֵ֣ן מִדְיָ֑ן 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. Jethro is a priest who serves the Midianites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
3:1 v97t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֛א אֶל 1 “and he arrived at” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
3:1 p27s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession הַ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 This is an associative possessive. This mountain was associated with God in some way. In [Exodus 3:12](../03/12.md) God tells Moses that he and the Israelites will serve him on this mountain. Later in the story, this promise is fulfilled and it is where God makes his covenant with Israel and gives them the 10 Commandments. So it may have been called the mountain of God in retrospect (as Moses probably wrote this book sometime after the Israelites were wandering in the wilderness). However, it is possible that the mountain was already associated with God’s presence or worship somehow before Moses went there with the flock. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
3:2 p0nt וַ֠⁠יֵּרָא מַלְאַ֨ךְ יְהֹוָ֥ה אֵלָ֛י⁠ו בְּ⁠לַבַּת־אֵ֖שׁ מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠סְּנֶ֑ה 1 This is a summary of what happened. The next few verses tell the story of how this happened and how Moses discovered what was happening.
3:2 x5ci rc://*/ta/man/translate/​ יְהֹוָ֥ה 1 This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
3:2 d3tf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה הַ⁠סְּנֶה֙ בֹּעֵ֣ר בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וְ⁠הַ⁠סְּנֶ֖ה אֵינֶ֥⁠נּוּ אֻכָּֽל 1 The word **behold** here shows that Moses saw something that was very different from what he expected. He expected the bush to be burnt up completely by the fire. Consider using an interjection in your language that expresses that the next thing is a surprise. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
3:2 cbvb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֻכָּֽל 1 **Being consumed** means being eaten completely until gone. In the case of fire, this is a metonym for burning completely until gone. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:3 fpww rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אָסֻֽרָה־נָּ֣א וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֔ה אֶת־הַ⁠מַּרְאֶ֥ה הַ⁠גָּדֹ֖ל הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה מַדּ֖וּעַ לֹא־יִבְעַ֥ר הַ⁠סְּנֶֽה 1 This is a direct quote. It’s not specified who Moses spoke to; he may have been alone or with a group of shepherds or his family. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:4 ue8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants יְהוָ֖ה & אֱלֹהִ֜ים 1 These terms both refer to the same being since God’s name is Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3:5 g0ah rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אַל־תִּקְרַ֣ב הֲלֹ֑ם שַׁל־נְעָלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔י⁠ךָ כִּ֣י הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתָּה֙ עוֹמֵ֣ד עָלָ֔י⁠ו אַדְמַת־קֹ֖דֶשׁ הֽוּא 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:5 prv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתָּה֙ עוֹמֵ֣ד עָלָ֔י⁠ו אַדְמַת־קֹ֖דֶשׁ הֽוּאכִּ֣י הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתָּה֙ עוֹמֵ֣ד עָלָ֔י⁠ו אַדְמַת־קֹ֖דֶשׁ הֽוּא 1 This is the reason Moses must stop coming close to the burning bush and take off his sandals. Your language may need to put the reason before the commands, as in, “The place on which you are standing, it is holy ground, so you must not come close to here. Take your sandals off from on your feet.”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3:6 sxk8 אָנֹכִי֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 All of these men worshiped the same God. Alternate translation: “the God of your father, of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Jacob”
3:6 cqwa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אָנֹכִי֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 This a direct quotation. The UST continues the quotation from verse 5 rather than including an additional “he said.” This may be more natural in some languages. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:6 l5sy rc://*/ta/man/translate/​ אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Possible meanings are (1) “your ancestor” or (2) “your father.” If it means “your ancestor,” then the phrases following it clarify who “your father” refers to: it refers to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. If it means “your father,” then it refers to Moses’s own father. It most cases it will be best to translate it as “your father,” i.e. Amram, Moses’s father.
3:6 lfbb rc://*/ta/man/translate/​grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יַּסְתֵּ֤ר מֹשֶׁה֙ פָּנָ֔י⁠ו כִּ֣י יָרֵ֔א מֵ⁠הַבִּ֖יט אֶל־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים 1 Reason: **for he was afraid from staring toward God** Result: **And Moses hid his face** Some languages may need to put the reason before the result. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]] and [Exodus 33:20](../33/20.md))
3:7 nl33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues through the end of [verse 10](../03/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:7 xoz0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom רָאֹ֥ה רָאִ֛יתִי 1 The repetition of **see** expresses the intensity, certainty, or clarity of Yahweh’s seeing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:7 tpk0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֶת־עֳנִ֥י עַמִּ֖⁠י 1 There are two possessives here. 1) “affliction of … people”: This is an event-related possessive where the people are the objects of affliction. They are treated badly as slaves. 2) “my people”: This one is more difficult as it involves both ownership and the possessive of social relationship. God views his people as his possession, and he is also in relationship with them as their God because they are descended from Abraham, though at this time they may not know God as theirs. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
3:7 p3tx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו 1 **Faces** refers to the whole person or the presence of the person(s) who were oppressing the Israelites. If this image is used in your language, you may translate it. If a similar image is used, you may consider using it. If neither is the case, you may omit the word “face” and translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:7 xx7r נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו 1 “his oppressors”
3:7 ofxt כִּ֥י 1 The conjunction is probably functioning modally here, intensifying the expression of Yahweh’s knowledge. Your translation should express Yahweh’s knowing with certainty or strength.
3:7 mfn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו & מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו 1 These pronouns, **him** and **his**, refer to the Israelites as a group in the singular. They agree with “people” as a collective noun in [3:6](../03/06.md). Some languages may have to use plural pronouns. Others may have to match the pronoun’s gender to the grammatical gender of the word for “people” in their language. If necessary change “him” to “them” or change “his” to “hers” or “its” (depending on grammatical gender of “people”.) Alternate translation: “those who oppress them … their anguish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
3:7 hkcj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו 1 This is an event-related possessive where the people (as a group: **his**) are the subjects of anguish. Your translation should express that they are in deep mental and emotional distress (anguish). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
3:7 ui28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו 1 It is implied that they are in deep mental and emotional distress (anguish) because they are treated badly as slaves. You may make this explicit. Alternate translation: “his anguish from his slavery” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3:8 nia8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וָ⁠אֵרֵ֞ד לְ⁠הַצִּיל֣⁠וֹ׀ מִ⁠יַּ֣ד מִצְרַ֗יִם וּֽ⁠לְ⁠הַעֲלֹת⁠וֹ֮ מִן־הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠הִוא֒ אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ טוֹבָה֙ וּ⁠רְחָבָ֔ה אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ אֶל־מְק֤וֹם הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ וְ⁠הַ֣⁠חִתִּ֔י וְ⁠הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י וְ⁠הַ⁠חִוִּ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְבוּסִֽי׃ 1 Verse 8 contains God’s intended result from his acts of seeing and hearing, expressed in both verses 7 and 9. You may need to expressly mark this, for instance by introducing verse 8 with something like “therefore,” and verse 9 with something like “again, because.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3:8 xy36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וָ⁠אֵרֵ֞ד 1 God is figuratively expressing that he is descending from heaven to earth to intervene. God is always everywhere, but this means his special attention will be directed to this situation. Use whatever form of come or go is appropriate in your language for this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
3:8 nahb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns לְ⁠הַצִּיל֣⁠וֹ & וּֽ⁠לְ⁠הַעֲלֹת⁠וֹ֮ 1 Here, **him** refers in the singular to the Israelites as a group. It is agreeing with “people” as a collective noun in [3:6](../03/06.md). Some languages may have to use plural pronouns. Others may have to match the pronoun’s gender to the grammatical gender of the word for “people” in their language. See what you did in the [previous verse](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
3:8 hafv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠יַּ֣ד 1 Someone’s **hand** is a common metaphor for power and control. Use a similar image if your language has one. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:8 djbz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מִ⁠יַּ֣ד מִצְרַ֗יִם 1 This is a possessive where the Egyptians are the subject of **the hand**, which means power. The Egyptians used their power and control to oppress the Israelites. Use a phrase in your language that expresses the idea of a group of people having power. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
3:8 mqyp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ טוֹבָה֙ וּ⁠רְחָבָ֔ה אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 There are multiple levels of parallelism here. First, the statements, **to a good and wide land** and **to a land flowing with milk and honey** are in parallel with each other. Within each of those, **good** and **wide** are in parallel with each other and also **milk** and **honey** are in parallel with each other. Each of these levels is meant to reinforce and expand on one another. These are not examples of synonymous parallelism, and each part of the statement should be translated. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
3:8 c7fp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. See UST and [the next note]([[rc://*/tn/help/exo/03/08/pxy8]]) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:8 pxy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. If this metaphor makes sense in your language, you may translate it, if your language has metaphors that mean a land is good for producing healthy livestock and good crops, you may consider using those. If neither is the case, you may translate the meaning. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:8 dtz9 זָבַ֥ת 1 “full of” or “with an abundance of”
3:8 q94i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב 1 Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:8 l1as rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:9 a2kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠עַתָּ֕ה 1 This functions as a discourse marker expressing logical conclusion. “Therefore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3:9 tp2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations הִנֵּ֛ה 1 This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “certainly.” ​(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
3:9 uup9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification צַעֲקַ֥ת בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בָּ֣אָה אֵלָ֑⁠י 1 Here, **the cry** is spoken of as if it were a person who is capable of moving on his own. Alternate translation: “I have heard the cries of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3:9 gwou rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רָאִ֨יתִי֙ אֶת־הַ⁠לַּ֔חַץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִצְרַ֖יִם לֹחֲצִ֥ים אֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 Here, **oppression** is an abstract noun which you could translate as a verb if you cannot use this form in your language. Alternate translation: “I have seen how the Egyptians are oppressing them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3:10 y4m1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠עַתָּ֣ה 1 **And now** functions as a discourse marker expressing logical conclusion. “Therefore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3:10 spwh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of what the Yahweh said starting in [3:7](../03/07.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:11 y8cr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מִ֣י אָנֹ֔כִי כִּ֥י אֵלֵ֖ךְ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה וְ⁠כִ֥י אוֹצִ֛יא אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם 1 Moses uses this question to tell God that he, Moses, is not the right person for the task. Alternate translation: See UST (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3:11 ax7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מִ֣י אָנֹ֔כִי כִּ֥י אֵלֵ֖ךְ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה וְ⁠כִ֥י אוֹצִ֛יא אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:12 ykp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks כִּֽי־אֶֽהְיֶ֣ה עִמָּ֔⁠ךְ וְ⁠זֶה־לְּ⁠ךָ֣ הָ⁠א֔וֹת כִּ֥י אָנֹכִ֖י שְׁלַחְתִּ֑י⁠ךָ בְּ⁠הוֹצִֽיאֲ⁠ךָ֤ אֶת־הָ⁠עָם֙ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֔יִם תַּֽעַבְדוּ⁠ן֙ אֶת־הָ֣⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים עַ֖ל הָ⁠הָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:12 xugf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual תַּֽעַבְדוּ⁠ן֙ 1 If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-youdual]])
3:13 hizv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks הִנֵּ֨ה אָנֹכִ֣י בָא֮ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְ⁠אָמַרְתִּ֣י לָ⁠הֶ֔ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם וְ⁠אָֽמְרוּ־לִ֣⁠י מַה־שְּׁמ֔⁠וֹ מָ֥ה אֹמַ֖ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶֽם 1 This is a direct quotation containing two second-level quotes within it. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:13 lqms rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical הִנֵּ֨ה אָנֹכִ֣י בָא֮ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְ⁠אָמַרְתִּ֣י לָ⁠הֶ֔ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם וְ⁠אָֽמְרוּ־לִ֣⁠י מַה־שְּׁמ֔⁠וֹ 1 Moses presents God with a hypothetical situation here. The three events (**go, say, say**) are part of one hypothetical event. You should translate this in a way that makes it clear that this is a future, not-yet-real event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
3:13 jq42 הִנֵּ֨ה 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. In this case, Moses uses it to introduce what he views as a probable future occurrence. Alternative translation: “Now”
3:13 zn81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go בָא֮ 1 In your language, use **go** or “come” as makes most sense for Moses’ hypothetical action of going from the mountain to where the Israelites are. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
3:13 m9uy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. However, you may also choose to translate it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that the God of their fathers has sent me to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3:13 vfsk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מַה־שְּׁמ֔⁠וֹ 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:13 bkei rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result מָ֥ה אֹמַ֖ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶֽם 1 Moses is asking God what he should do as a result of the hypothetical situation he presented. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3:14 cli8 אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה 1 This is God’s response to Moses’s question about God’s name. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “God said to Moses, ‘Tell them that God says his name is “I AM THAT I AM.”’”
3:14 b6vk אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה 1 Possible meanings are (1) this whole sentence is God’s name or (2) God is not telling his name but something about himself. By saying this, God is teaching that he is eternal; he has always lived and always will live.
3:14 s62u אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה & אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה & אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה 1 Languages that do not have an equivalent to the verb “am” may need to render this as “I LIVE” or “I EXIST.”
3:14 t745 וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 This is still God speaking. It may make more sense to omit this in some languages.
3:14 s0ge rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה שְׁלָחַ֥⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. However, you may also choose to translate it as an indirect quotation as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3:15 h97b וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ ע֨וֹד אֱלֹהִ֜ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 As God is still speaking, it may make more sense to omit this in some languages.
3:15 saoa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quotation begins that continues until [the end of chapter 3 at verse 22](../03/22.md). This quotation contains four levels as God tells Moses to tell the Israelite elders a specific message from God. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:15 l962 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֗ם אֱלֹהֵ֨י אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֛ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹ֖ב שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם זֶה־שְּׁמִ֣⁠י לְ⁠עֹלָ֔ם וְ⁠זֶ֥ה זִכְרִ֖⁠י לְ⁠דֹ֥ר דֹּֽר 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. It may be possible to translate it as an indirect quotation, but you will need to be careful to correctly change the pronoun persons. Alternative translation: “You must tell the Israelites that Yahweh, the God of their fathers, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, sent you to them. This is his name forever, and this is his memorial from generation to generation.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3:15 ixcb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism לְ⁠דֹ֥ר דֹּֽר 1 The repetition of **generation** means something like “to each and every generation,” which means for all people at all times. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
3:16 ec3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks יְהוָ֞ה 1 This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 17](../03/17.md). It contains a third-level quotation that begins at “I have certainly” and also continues to the end of verse 17. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. The closing marks for both the second and third-level quotations should not occur until the end of verse 17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:16 xqy9 אַבְרָהָ֛ם יִצְחָ֥ק וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב 1 Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob were three of the Israelites’ ancestors. They all worshiped the same God.
3:16 dvsz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks פָּקֹ֤ד פָּקַ֨דְתִּי֙ 1 This begins a third-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 17](../03/17.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation that is within a quotation. The closing marks for both the second-level and third-level quotations should not occur until the end of verse 17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:16 efhh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom פָּקֹ֤ד פָּקַ֨דְתִּי֙ 1 The Hebrew word meaning **attended,** visited, or observed is repeated here for emphasis. This word often means God is coming to take action. Translate this phrase in a way that communicates God’s focused, caring observation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:16 fv77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 The word **you** refers to the people of Israel. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
3:16 f5jm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הֶ⁠עָשׂ֥וּי 1 In some languages you may not be able to translate this in the passive form. Alternative translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:16 dvgc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠מִצְרָֽיִם 1 The phrase **in Egypt** is a metonym for the Egyptian oppressors. Alternative translation: “by the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:17 c54k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אַעֲלֶ֣ה אֶתְ⁠כֶם֮ מֵ⁠עֳנִ֣י מִצְרַיִם֒ אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ וְ⁠הַ֣⁠חִתִּ֔י וְ⁠הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י וְ⁠הַ⁠חִוִּ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְבוּסִ֑י אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 This is a fourth-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer three levels. Alternatively, it can be translated as an indirect quotation, see UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3:17 eloj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 If you are using direct quotations, at the end of this verse you should have three closing markers. In English, it looks like ’ ” ’ (without spaces). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:17 r8mg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אַעֲלֶ֣ה 1 Regardless of the geographic realities, to **bring up** does not primarily have a literal meaning. Rather, it means to bring the Israelites into a better situation. God promised to bring them up from their low status as slaves to a place where they would be the masters of a good land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:17 wyvt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. See UST and [the next note]([[rc://*/tn/help/exo/03/08/pwn5]]) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:17 pwn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md) at [[rc://*/tn/help/exo/03/08/pxy8]]. Alternate translation: “a land that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” or “a land where milk and honey flow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:17 za9l זָבַ֥ת 1 “full of” or “with an abundance of”
3:17 rtr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב 1 Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:17 msf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:18 cy2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠שָׁמְע֖וּ 1 **Listen** often means “hear and do/obey.” Alternative translation: “heed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:18 j24k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants לְ⁠קֹלֶ֑⁠ךָ & אַתָּה֩ 1 The word **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3:18 nna8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לְ⁠קֹלֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 This phrase means the elders will listen to the message Moses brings from God. Alternative translation: “to your message” or “to my message which you tell them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3:18 r74o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְ⁠זִקְנֵ֨י יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. Alternative translation: “elders in charge of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
3:18 eep7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 **Israel** is a collective noun that refers to all the Israelites. Alternative translation: “the Israelites” or “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
3:18 ot9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִצְרַ֗יִם 1 Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptian nation. Alternate translation: “of the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:18 idp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֤ם 1 If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
3:18 i47o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ & נֵֽלֲכָה & וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָ֖ה 1 These instances of **us** are exclusive; they include Moses, the elders, and all the Israelites, but exclude the king of Egypt. If your language makes this distinction, verify that you used the correct form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
3:18 deal rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁלֹ֤שֶׁת 1 “3” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
3:19 qf46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹ֖א בְּ⁠יָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה 1 The word **hand** is a metonym for the power of the owner of the hand. Possible meanings are (1) “only if he sees that he has no power to do anything else,” where the “hand” belongs to Pharaoh; where the “hand” belongs to Yahweh, (2) “only if I force him to let you go” or (3) “not even if I force him to let you go.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]
3:20 nuzx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֤י 1 God says this will be a result of the king of Egypt’s stubbornness. Alternate translation: “Therefore I will send out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3:20 yds5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֤י אֶת־יָדִ⁠י֙ 1 Here, **hand** refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “I will use my strength” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:20 dzsp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 **Egypt** refers to both the land and the people group, and then, by extension, to Pharaoh as well. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:20 c9a3 מִצְרַ֔יִם & בְּ⁠קִרְבּ֑⁠וֹ 1 Here, **him** refers to Egypt as a collective.
3:20 gdw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי־כֵ֖ן 1 Here the sequential nature of these happenings is emphasized. Consider using a stronger sequential connective term than usual here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
3:20 ay53 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants יְשַׁלַּ֥ח 1 Here, **he** refers to the Pharaoh, the king of Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3:20 awxs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶֽם 1 Here, **you** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here.(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
3:21 btwc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom חֵ֥ן & בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 **In the eyes of the Egyptians** is an idiom for the Egyptian’s feelings. **Favor** means those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians see the Israelites (Hebrews) leaving Egypt, they will gladly help them (because they want them to leave so badly due to the Egyptians suffering under God’s judgement). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:21 h2wf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 This is a part-whole possessive. Also, if your language uses a specific form of the possessive for things one cannot lose, it would be appropriate to use that form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
3:21 s45u הָֽ⁠עָם־הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה 1 “you”
3:21 uz3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual תֵֽלֵכ֔וּ⁠ן & תֵלְכ֖וּ 1 If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
3:21 a9sl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go תֵֽלֵכ֔וּ⁠ן & תֵלְכ֖וּ 1 “leave” or “go out” or “come out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
3:21 h9u7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives לֹ֥א & רֵיקָֽם 1 The double negative, **not … emptily** is used to mean “full.” Alternate translation: “[go] with many things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
3:21 kt7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes לֹ֥א תֵלְכ֖וּ רֵיקָֽם 1 This phrase is used to emphasize the opposite meaning. Alternate translation: “you will go with your hands full of good things” or “you will go with many valuable things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
3:22 w2av וּ⁠מִ⁠גָּרַ֣ת בֵּיתָ֔⁠הּ 1 **Sojourning** means living somewhere other than one’s native land, usually temporarily. It is unclear both who the sojourning (visiting) women are and in whose house they are sojourning, leaving several possibilities. Most translations that make a decision about who they are identify both the temporary resident and her host home as Egyptian. This makes sense as the Israelites will be plundering the Egyptians. If it is possible to leave this ambiguous in your translation, that would be best.
3:22 d74q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual וְ⁠שַׂמְתֶּ֗ם עַל־בְּנֵי⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠עַל־בְּנֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠נִצַּלְתֶּ֖ם 1 Each of these is a plural **you.** If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
3:22 h38j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מִצְרָֽיִם 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s word starting in [verse 15](../03/15.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:intro kap5 0 # Exodus 04 General Notes\n\n## Potential Translation Issues\n\n### Quotations\n\n* There is a difficult transition between [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) because the quotation stops in the middle to inject a bit of narrative. When it resumes in [4:5](../04/05.md), the sentence seems incomplete (even if merged directly with the quotation fragment in [4:4](../04/04.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])* Yahweh’s instructions to Moses are complex and there are up to four levels of quotations in this chapter. Translators will need to decide if some of these need to become indirect quotations (if that is possible in their language) and take great care to use the proper quotation markings in the proper location.\n\n### Order of events\n\n* The order of events is not always clear. In [4:14](../04/14.md) Yahweh tells Moses that Aaron is coming to meet him, but Yahweh telling Aaron to go meet Moses in the wilderness is not recorded until [4:27](../04/27.md).\n* The timing of the events in [4:18](../18/.md)\-[4:27](../04/23.md), especially verse 18-19 and 27, in relation to the rest of the events of the chapter is unclear.\n\n### Thus says Yahweh\n\nThe first of over 400 occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh occurs in [4:22](../04/22.md). It occurs ten times in the book of Exodus; nine of these are between chapters 4–11. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your leader that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the leader, that would be a good phrase to consider.\n\n### Yahweh’s attempt to kill someone\n\nThe encounter recorded from [4:24](../04/24.md) to [4:26](../04/26.md) is one of the strangest and most difficult passages in the entire book. Difficulties include:\n\n* To whom do the pronouns refer? Masculine pronouns are used throughout the section, but there are two possible antecedents, Moses (who is not named in the narrative) and Zipporah’s son (who was presumably also Moses’ son, but this is how he is referred to in this text. For why, see below on why Yahweh did this). Most commentators believe the pronouns refer to Moses.\n* Circumcision is described in fairly graphic detail. Different cultures will need to approach this differently. Some may have terms for circumcision, while others may be comfortable translating mostly literally, and others will need to use euphemisms or other strategies to translate. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])* The meaning of the phrase **a bridegroom of blood** (ULT) is unknown.\n* Why did Yahweh attack Moses? Many commentators conclude that Moses had neglected to circumcise one of his sons because it displeased Zipporah, and Yahweh was holding Moses responsible before he returned to lead the Israelites (who should have been circumcised). When Zipporah repented by circumcising the son herself and touching the foreskin to Moses’ feet, Yahweh relents. These conclusions should help inform translation but should not be made explicit in the text.\n\n## Study concepts in this chapter\n\n### Moses does not understand\n\nAlthough Moses believes in Yahweh, he does not trust in him. This is because Moses lacks understanding. Moses tries to believe the things he is asked to do are done by his own power. Yahweh is trying to get Moses to trust that these things are Yahweh’s doing. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])\n\n### Children of God\n\nThis chapter introduces the concept that Israel, the people group, is the chosen people of God and God’s firstborn son. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/firstborn]])\n\n### Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart\n\nScholars are divided over how to understand this statement. There is debate over whether Pharaoh plays an active or passive role in the hardening of his own heart. Translators should simply follow the text. In Exodus 4-14 there are ten statements that Yahweh hardens Pharaoh’s heart, and ten statements that Pharaoh hardens his own heart. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:1 j4yg וַ⁠יַּ֤עַן מֹשֶׁה֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֔אמֶר 1 Here, **answered and said** is a Hebrew expression which does not convey any extra information. Unless your language naturally uses a similar structure, it is better to translate one verb and omit the other. Alternate translation: “Moses answered”
4:1 b3xv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וְ⁠הֵן֙ לֹֽא־יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ לִ֔⁠י וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִשְׁמְע֖וּ בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י כִּ֣י יֹֽאמְר֔וּ לֹֽא־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ יְהוָֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:1 neto rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לֹֽא־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ יְהוָֽה 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. However, you could translate it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh has not appeared to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
4:1 c27j וְ⁠הֵן֙ 1 This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “Listen to me.”
4:2 h7dl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants אֵלָ֛י⁠ו & וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:2 r3f9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מ⁠זה בְ⁠יָדֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:2 p8sg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מַטֶּֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:3 jgir rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks הַשְׁלִיכֵ֣⁠הוּ אַ֔רְצָ⁠ה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:3 zycd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠פָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 Here, “face” figuratively represents the snake itself. Alternative translation: “from the snake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:4 g6bk וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֖ז בִּ⁠זְנָב֑⁠וֹ 1 “and pick it up by the tail” or “and grasp it by the tail”
4:4 mqpc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks שְׁלַח֙ יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֖ז בִּ⁠זְנָב֑⁠וֹ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:4 bzmp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential שְׁלַח֙ יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֖ז בִּ⁠זְנָב֑⁠וֹ 1 This direct quotation is interrupted by Moses obeying Yahweh. This is probably a tightly ordered sequence of events where Yahweh paused and then continued speaking immediately after Moses obeyed. The quote resumes in [verse 5](../04/05.md) and there is more discussion there about how to handle the resumption.(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
4:4 m86n וַ⁠יְהִ֥י לְ⁠מַטֶּ֖ה 1 “and it turned into a rod” or “and it changed into a staff”
4:5 l4tn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לְמַ֣עַן יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב 1 This continues the direct quotation from the first part of [verse 4](../04/04.md). It may be more natural to reorganize verses four and five to keep the quote together. If you rearrange like this, Moses picking up the snake/staff should come after the full quotation. However, it is better to do something similar to the UST, which restates that Yahweh is speaking and provides some implied directives from Yahweh to make a complete sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:5 m4fk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis לְמַ֣עַן יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב 1 This quote is not a complete sentence; the UST provides a clarification. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
4:5 niok rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ & אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 These pronouns refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is a better option. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:5 oqi5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 This refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:5 jr8m אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב 1 Abraham, Isaac and Jacob were three of their ancestors. They all worshiped the same God.
4:6 zhre rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks הָֽבֵא־נָ֤א יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠חֵיקֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:6 ep52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 This word is used to create an exclamation, showing surprise. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
4:6 pw7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כַּ⁠שָּֽׁלֶג 1 The word **like** (ULT) or “as” (UST) here is used to compare how Moses’ hand looked. You may not have a word for snow in your language. If so, consider an alternative that describes something very white. You may need to make the whiteness explicit. Alternate translation: “like wool” or “that made it look white like the sand on the beach” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
4:7 kv9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks הָשֵׁ֤ב יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ אֶל־חֵיקֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:7 prr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations וְ⁠הִנֵּה 1 This word is used to create an exclamation, showing surprise. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
4:8 q9qb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations וְ⁠הָיָה֙ 1 Yahweh’s speech resumes here and continues through the end of [verse 9](../04/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:8 well rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִשְׁמְע֔וּ לְ⁠קֹ֖ל הָ⁠אֹ֣ת הָ⁠רִאשׁ֑וֹן וְ⁠הֶֽאֱמִ֔ינוּ לְ⁠קֹ֖ל הָ⁠אֹ֥ת הָ⁠אַחֲרֽוֹן 1 Here the **sign**s are spoken of as if they had a **voice** with which they could speak. If this imagery would not make sense in your language you may need to translate this in a way that makes explicit that the signs are meant to be proof that God sent Moses. Alternative translation: “and are not convinced that God has appeared to you by seeing the first sign, then they will be convinced by seeing the second sign.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
4:8 gxlg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ & יִשְׁמְע֔וּ & וְ⁠הֶֽאֱמִ֔ינוּ 1 These pronouns refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is the better option, but be sure to do the same as you did in [verse 5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:8 lsb3 לֹ֣א יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ & וְ⁠הֶֽאֱמִ֔ינוּ 1 “they do not acknowledge … then they will acknowledge” or “they do not accept … then they will accept”
4:9 q82r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants יַאֲמִ֡ינוּ & יִשְׁמְעוּ⁠ן֙ 1 These pronouns refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is the better option, but be sure to do the same as you did in [verse 5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:9 thna rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וְ⁠הָי֥וּ לְ⁠דָ֖ם בַּ⁠יַּבָּֽשֶׁת 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s speech from the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:10 aazp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks בִּ֣י אֲדֹנָ⁠י֒ לֹא֩ אִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים אָנֹ֗כִי גַּ֤ם מִ⁠תְּמוֹל֙ גַּ֣ם מִ⁠שִּׁלְשֹׁ֔ם גַּ֛ם מֵ⁠אָ֥ז דַּבֶּרְ⁠ךָ אֶל־עַבְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ כִּ֧י כְבַד־פֶּ֛ה וּ⁠כְבַ֥ד לָשׁ֖וֹן אָנֹֽכִי 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:10 t8i9 בִּ֣י 1 This word is used by a speaker to beg a superior to allow him to speak. Alternate translation: “Please”
4:10 w12a לֹא֩ אִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים אָנֹ֗כִי גַּ֤ם מִ⁠תְּמוֹל֙ גַּ֣ם מִ⁠שִּׁלְשֹׁ֔ם 1 “I have never been an excellent speaker”
4:10 opes אִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים 1 This expression means “a man who uses words well,” in other words, an eloquent man who can speak well and convincingly.
4:10 pk0l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism גַּ֤ם מִ⁠תְּמוֹל֙ גַּ֣ם מִ⁠שִּׁלְשֹׁ֔ם 1 This phrase simply means “in the past.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
4:10 wsl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person עַבְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 Moses refers to himself as God’s servant to lower his status before God (and perhaps by doing so to make his argument of inability stronger). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4:10 bv64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet כְבַד־פֶּ֛ה וּ⁠כְבַ֥ד לָשׁ֖וֹן 1 These phrases mean basically the same thing. Moses uses them to emphasize that he is not a good speaker. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
4:10 zm3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לָשׁ֖וֹן 1 Here, **tongue** refers to Moses’ ability to speak. Alternate translation: “speech” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:11 xpgf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins which continues to the end of the [next verse]( … /04/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:11 ks2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מִ֣י שָׂ֣ם פֶּה֮ לָֽ⁠אָדָם֒ 1 Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he is the Creator who makes it possible for people to speak. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am the one who created the human mouth and the ability to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4:11 e1y6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מִֽי־יָשׂ֣וּם אִלֵּ֔ם א֣וֹ חֵרֵ֔שׁ א֥וֹ פִקֵּ֖חַ א֣וֹ עִוֵּ֑ר 1 Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he is the one who decides if people can speak and hear, and if they can see. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, make people able to speak, or hear, or to see, or to be blind!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4:11 uq7j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹ֥א אָנֹכִ֖י יְהוָֽה 1 Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he alone makes these decisions. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am the one who does this!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4:12 kkr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠אָנֹכִי֙ אֶֽהְיֶ֣ה עִם־פִּ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **mouth** refers to Moses’ ability to speak. Alternate translation: “I will give you the ability to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:12 fdxg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks תְּדַבֵּֽר 1 After this phrase, the direct quote from the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:13 zy9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks בִּ֣י אֲדֹנָ֑⁠י שְֽׁלַֽח־נָ֖א בְּ⁠יַד־תִּשְׁלָֽח 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:13 brer בִּ֣י 1 This word is used by a speaker to beg a superior to allow him to speak. See what you did in [verse 10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “Please”
4:13 s8nl שְֽׁלַֽח־נָ֖א בְּ⁠יַד־תִּשְׁלָֽח 1 In translating this phrase, it is important to make clear that Moses is asking Yahweh to send someone else. Here he is not accepting Yahweh’s commission.
4:13 hta6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בְּ⁠יַד 1 This phrase means “by a person.” The figure is of a person taking Yahweh’s message in his hand to the Israelites and Pharaoh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
4:14 uy2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּֽחַר־אַ֨ף יְהוָ֜ה 1 This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh is angry. Alternate translation: “Yahweh became angry” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
4:14 ifax rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “and Yahweh said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:14 zn40 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks בְּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֗ה וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins which continues until the end of [verse 17](../04/17.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:14 okko rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹ֨א אַהֲרֹ֤ן אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ הַ⁠לֵּוִ֔י 1 Yahweh uses this rhetorical question to suggest an alternative to Moses. Alternative translation: “I know you have a brother, Aaron the Levite.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4:14 e0js rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 His **brother** Aaron was three years older than Moses (see [Exodus 7:7](../07/07.md)), which may be important for translating “brother” in some languages. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]])
4:14 y5ed rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom דַבֵּ֥ר יְדַבֵּ֖ר 1 In Hebrew, the word **speak** is repeated. This means he speaks well. English cannot convey this by doubling, so the meaning of the repetition was translated in the ULT in this case. If your language can say something like “speaking speaks” to mean “speaks well,” consider it; otherwise, translate the meaning similarly to the ULT or UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:14 hq64 הִנֵּה 1 **Behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. If your language has a term that functions in that way (“Listen!” or “Look!” or “Pay Attention!”), use it here.
4:14 ettp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go יֹצֵ֣א 1 Yahweh says Aaron is coming from Egypt to Midian to find Moses. He is probably on foot. Depending on the language, the required form of go or come may vary. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
4:14 hkn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠שָׂמַ֥ח 1 Aaron will be glad because he sees Moses. Consider a conjunction or other form that expresses result as in the UST or alternative translation: “and because he sees you, he will have joy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4:14 ew4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠לִבּֽ⁠וֹ 1 Here, **heart** refers to inner thoughts and emotions. If the heart is not a body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s thoughts and emotions, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:15 u97f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים 1 Words here are spoken of as if they were something that can be physically placed in a person’s mouth. Alternate translation: “the message that he is to repeat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:15 q9cf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֗י אֶֽהְיֶ֤ה עִם־פִּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠עִם־פִּ֔י⁠הוּ 1 The word **mouth** here represents Moses’ and Aaron’s choice of words. Alternate translation: “And I will be with you as you speak and with him as he speaks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:15 v57x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם & תַּעֲשֽׂוּ⁠ן 1 These refer to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form if you have one or, if not, use a plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
4:16 mnsp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile לְ⁠פֶ֔ה 1 This phrase compares Aaron to a mouth because he will be the one to actually vocalize to the Israelites and Pharaoh what Moses tells him to say. Alternate translation: “the one to say what you tell him to say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
4:16 gn5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile תִּֽהְיֶה־לּ֥⁠וֹ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִֽים 1 The word **like** here means Moses would represent the same authority to Aaron as God did to Moses. Alternate translation: “you will speak to Aaron with the same authority with which I speak to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
4:17 zh45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks תַּעֲשֶׂה־בּ֖⁠וֹ אֶת־הָ⁠אֹתֹֽת 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:17 gbrk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠מַּטֶּ֥ה הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה 1 Yahweh assumes that Moses will know that by **this staff,** he means the one that Moses said he had in his hand in [v. 2](../04/02.md), and with which God told him to do a miracle in vv. [3](../04/03.md)–[4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n
4:18 j2ix rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants יֶ֣תֶר 1 Jethro is reintroduced as a participant in the narrative here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:18 cbop rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יֵּ֨לֶךְ 1 Because the setting has shifted back to Jethro’s home, some languages may need to use “come” here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
4:18 b6mf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship חֹֽתְנ֗⁠וֹ 1 This refers to the father of Moses’ wife. Some languages may use a different term for the husband’s or wife’s father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]])
4:18 wlit rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר 1 “and Moses said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:18 szke rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ל⁠וֹ֙ 1 “to Jethro” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:18 uvqk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֵ֣לֲכָה נָּ֗א וְ⁠אָשׁ֨וּבָה֙ אֶל־אַחַ֣⁠י אֲשֶׁר־בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֖ה הַ⁠עוֹדָ֣⁠ם חַיִּ֑ים 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:18 g7yz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אַחַ֣⁠י 1 “my relatives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:18 gq2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֖ה הַ⁠עוֹדָ֣⁠ם 1 Later in the Bible we are told that Moses was in Midian for 40 years. Moses’ request may have been literal or an idiom that meant he wanted to know how they were doing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:18 yay3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֵ֥ךְ לְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם 1 This is a phrase of assent and blessing. It may be necessary for some languages to explicitly add, “Yes,” to the beginning of Jethro’s response. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:18 i807 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לֵ֥ךְ לְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:19 wwr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֤ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁה֙ 1 The timing and situation for Yahweh speaking to Moses here is not specified. Some conjecture that it was part of the narrative of the encounter with Yahweh from the previous verses but placed after his request to Jethro for an unknown reason. Another speculation is that Moses delayed returning to Egypt (either by his own choice, Yahweh’s instructions, or someone else delaying him) and Yahweh came and told him again (the UST explicitly offers this optional translation). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
4:19 aosm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לֵ֖ךְ שֻׁ֣ב מִצְרָ֑יִם כִּי־מֵ֨תוּ֙ כָּל־הָ֣⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים הַֽ⁠מְבַקְשִׁ֖ים אֶת־נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:19 clfj הַֽ⁠מְבַקְשִׁ֖ים אֶת־נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 This means they were seeking to end his life, that is, to kill him. Alternate translation: see UST.
4:20 fua6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants בָּנָ֗י⁠ו 1 Moses’ second son is not introduced until [18:4](../18/.04.md) but had already been born before they left Midian. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:20 zi5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants וַ⁠יָּ֖שָׁב אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 It is clear from [verse 24](../04/24.md) and [25](../04/25.md) that his family went with him, so you may need to translate as “they returned.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:20 d7k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יָּ֖שָׁב אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 After the incident on the road in verses [24](../04/24.md)-[26](../04/26.md), Moses’ family is not mentioned again until [18:2](../18/02.md) which says that Moses sent them back, so a translation similar to the UST which only commits to the family starting on the way to Egypt may be better. This option has the further benefit of allowing for the several events that happen before Moses gets to Egypt. The ULT’s “towards” is another way of giving space in the translation for the next several events. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
4:20 s68n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַטֵּ֥ה הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 The phrase the staff of God refers to the staff that God told Moses to take with him in v. [17](../04/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:20 se3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַטֵּ֥ה הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 The book describes this staff as **the staff of God** because God appointed it as his instrument so that Moses could do miraculous works through it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Make sure your translation does not lead people to think the staff was a magic wand or shaman’s staff that had its own power, or power from Moses, or that the staff gave Moses the ability to command God. In every instance where miracles happened, God told Moses to do something with the staff, Moses obeyed, and then God caused a miracle. Alternate translation: “the staff that God had told him to bring because God intended to work powerfully through it when Moses stretched it out.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:21 lva8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks בְּ⁠לֶכְתְּ⁠ךָ֙ 1 This begins a direct quotation that continues to the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It contains up to fourth-level quotations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:21 oajf רְאֵ֗ה 1 Most translations and interpretations of the verb **see** take it to mean something like “see that you do.”
4:21 zgqf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּֽפְתִים֙ אֲשֶׁר־שַׂ֣מְתִּי בְ⁠יָדֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Here the miracles are spoken of as if they were items Moses could carry. In part, this may be because the three signs already given to Moses involved the use of his hand. Alternative translation: “all the wonders I have authorized you to perform” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:21 kdsb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 This time while **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Moses is to actually do the miracles in front of Pharaoh so he can see them. Alternative translation: “so Pharaoh can see them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:21 ovma rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠אֲנִי֙ אֲחַזֵּ֣ק 1 Referring to himself in the opening of this sentence serves to emphasize a contrast in what might be expected and what will happen. Translate this in a way that clearly contrasts the performance of miracles before Pharaoh (which might be expected to lead to him releasing the Israelites) with what Yahweh says he will do. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
4:21 uvoh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲנִי֙ אֲחַזֵּ֣ק אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 This means that God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart would be made stronger. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternate translation: “But as for me, I will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:21 uudz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠לֹ֥א יְשַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־הָ⁠עָֽם 1 Make it clear in your translation that this is a result of God hardening Pharaoh’s heart. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4:22 ftde כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This is the first of hundreds of occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your rulers that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the rulers, that would be a good phrase to consider.
4:22 zb2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֚ה 1 **Thus** begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level, the first level. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
4:22 teyy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “that Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
4:22 kud7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks בְּנִ֥⁠י 1 This is the beginning of a third-level quotation that continues until the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. (If you chose to translate, “Thus says Yahweh,” as an indirect quote, this will be a second- level quotation.) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:22 aod0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנִ֥⁠י בְכֹרִ֖⁠י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 1 Some languages may need to change the metaphor here into a simile. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:22 pt4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 The word **Israel** here represents all the people of Israel as a group. It is important to keep the singular reference to Israel as son, rather than change it to something like ‘the Israelites are my children,’ because God is making a particular contrast here between his son and Pharaoh’s son. Some languages may not be able to use “Israel” as a collective noun and may need to choose a translation like “the nation of Israel” or “the Israelite nation.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
4:22 hoc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 The Israelite nation is often referred to simply by the name of the patriarch. For alternative translation see: [[rc://*/tn/help/exo/04/22/pt4n]] (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:23 syar rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks שַׁלַּ֤ח אֶת־בְּנִ⁠י֙ וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֵ֔⁠נִי 1 This is a fourth-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. (If you chose to translate “Thus says Yahweh” as an indirect quote, this will be a third-level quotation.) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:23 zpc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וָ⁠אֹמַ֣ר אֵלֶ֗י⁠ךָ שַׁלַּ֤ח אֶת־בְּנִ⁠י֙ וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֵ֔⁠נִי וַ⁠תְּמָאֵ֖ן 1 The fourth-level quotation here may be a good one to translate as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “and I told you to let my son go that he may serve me. But you have refused” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
4:23 k7mh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנִ⁠י֙ 1 Yahweh continues to metaphorically speak of Israel as **my son.** See what you did at [[rc://*/tn/help/exo/04/22/1od0]]. Alternative translation: “the Israelite nation which is like a son to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:23 u825 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֵ֔⁠נִי & לְ⁠שַׁלְּח֑⁠וֹ 1 The pronouns **he** and **him** agree with “son.” What you use may depend on how you translated son at [[rc://*/tn/help/exo/04/23/k7mh]]. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
4:23 tg32 הִנֵּה֙ 1 This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternative translation: “Know this”
4:23 re11 בִּנְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 This refers to the actual son of Pharaoh.
4:23 ubcw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks בִּנְ⁠ךָ֖ בְּכֹרֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 After this phrase, the three levels of direct quotations end bringing a complete close to all quotations that started in verses [21](../04/21.md) and [22](../04/22.md). If you are using direct quotations, at the end of this verse you should have three closing markers, third level, second level and first level. In English, it looks like **” ’ ”** (without spaces). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:24 sp6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֥י 1 This introduces a new event. Mark the transition in a natural way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
4:24 p820 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants וַ⁠יִּפְגְּשֵׁ֣⁠הוּ & הֲמִיתֽ⁠וֹ 1 Here, it is not clear who **him** refers to. Most commentators believe it refers to Moses, but it could refer to the son, though that is less likely. If it is necessary to choose for your translation, use Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:24 cxy0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants הֲמִיתֽ⁠וֹ 1 Here, **he** refers to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:25 m1la rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names צִפֹּרָ֜ה 1 This is the name of Moses’s wife. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4:25 sftg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants צִפֹּרָ֜ה 1 Zipporah is introduced here as a new participant. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:25 a36h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown צֹ֗ר 1 This was a knife with a sharpened stone blade. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4:25 nkxn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown עָרְלַ֣ת 1 The**foreskin** is the retractable fold of skin which covers and protects the end of the penis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4:25 l6sr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism לְ⁠רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו 1 It is possible that the word **feet** may have been a more respectful way to refer to the genital area of the body. However, that possibility is not high enough that you should translate it either literally as genitals or with another euphemism meaning genitals in your language. If you have a word that means primarily feet or legs, but could in some cases also euphemistically mean genitals, you may consider it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
4:25 cg3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks כִּ֧י חֲתַן־דָּמִ֛ים אַתָּ֖ה לִֽ⁠י 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:25 b2t3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כִּ֧י חֲתַן־דָּמִ֛ים אַתָּ֖ה לִֽ⁠י 1 The meaning of this metaphor is unclear. It was probably a known saying in that culture. Alternate translation: “you are related to me by this blood” or “you are my husband because of blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:26 ceqk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּ֖רֶף 1 As a result of Zipporah’s action. Consider a conjunction or other form that expresses result as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4:26 o4zt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants וַ⁠יִּ֖רֶף 1 “Yahweh relented” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:26 dl5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ 1 As in [4:24](../04/24.md) this could mean either Moses or the son, but most commentators think it is still Moses. The UST uses “anyone” to preserve ambiguity. Alternative translation: “from Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:26 r8hj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations חֲתַ֥ן דָּמִ֖ים 1 This is a unique quotation because Zipporah probably does not speak again, rather the quotation refers back to her statement in [4:25](../04/25.md). Your language may handle this sort of quotation in a special way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
4:26 abmg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks חֲתַ֥ן דָּמִ֖ים לַ⁠מּוּלֹֽת 1 It is not clear if the quotation includes **because of the circumcision** or if that is a comment explaining the quotation. Translations are divided in where they end the quotation, but most exclude **because of the circumcision** and it is best to follow that unless a locally respected translation includes it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:27 xk6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר 1 You may want to add a word that marks the beginning of a new part of the story, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
4:27 qxpc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants אַהֲרֹ֔ן 1 **Aaron** is introduced as a new participant. Some languages may mark this in some way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:27 t21t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לֵ֛ךְ לִ⁠קְרַ֥את מֹשֶׁ֖ה הַ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑רָ⁠ה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:27 wy4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּ⁠הַ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md), consult this this note: [[rc://*/tn/help/exo/03/01/p27s]] (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
4:27 tfn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשַּׁק 1 This was a traditional way of greeting which showed love. You can make this explicit as the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
4:28 ad9x שְׁלָח֑⁠וֹ & צִוָּֽ⁠הוּ 1 These are a bit awkward to translate in English, so the UST adds more information. Other languages may not have the same difficulty.
4:28 b429 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants שְׁלָח֑⁠וֹ & צִוָּֽ⁠הוּ 1 The words **he** refers to Yahweh, and **him** refers to Moses. Alternative translation: “Yahweh sent Moses … Yahweh commanded Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:29 y8o3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ 1 This begins a new event which you may need to mark in your translation with a transitional word like the UST’s “When.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
4:30 bm2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הָ⁠עָֽם 1 This means he did the signs so they could see them. Alternative translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:30 x1v3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants הָ⁠עָֽם 1 Context suggests that **people** refers to the leaders gathered in [4:29](../04/29.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:31 hn78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 Context suggests that **people** refers to the leaders gathered in [4:29](../04/29.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:31 q1er פָקַ֨ד & בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 “saw the Israelites” or “was concerned about the Israelites”
4:31 g83a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַֽ⁠יִּקְּד֖וּ וַ⁠יִּֽשְׁתַּחֲוּֽוּ 1 Alternative translations: “they bowed their heads in awe” or “they bowed down low in reverence.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
5:intro kea2 0 # Exodus 05 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### A slave’s work\nThe Egyptians were known for making their slaves do a lot of work. The Israelite slaves were forced to make a specific number of bricks every day. In this chapter, they were required not only to make these bricks, but also to gather straw, one of the raw materials, in order to make these bricks.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let my people go”\nThis is a very important statement. Moses does not seek permission to leave, asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he demands that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.\n\n### Titles\nThe leaders are given different titles in this chapter. The ULT uses “taskmasters” and “foremen.” Many cultures will not have these types of titles. Generic expressions like “Egyptian leaders” and “Hebrew leaders” may be necessary.
5:1 q0zv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וְ⁠אַחַ֗ר בָּ֚אוּ מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 This time phrase, **and afterward**, marks a transition in the narrative. Alternative translation: “After that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
5:1 q9kn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential וְ⁠אַחַ֗ר בָּ֚אוּ מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 It is unclear how long Moses and Aaron waited until they went to see Pharoah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
5:1 cudx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go בָּ֚אוּ 1 In this instance, depending on how they have to set scenes, some languages may need to use “came in.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
5:1 sl1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 Pharaoh is reintroduced as a participant in the narrative for the first time since chapter two. Some languages may need to mark his reintroduction in a particular way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
5:1 cl2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל שַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠יָחֹ֥גּוּ לִ֖⁠י בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:1 ckml rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks שַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠יָחֹ֥גּוּ לִ֖⁠י בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר 1 This is a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:1 lu3i כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This is a standard formula used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
5:1 u2vt וְ⁠יָחֹ֥גּוּ 1 This is a celebration to worship Yahweh. Alternative translation: “so they can worship me with eating and drinking”
5:2 v4c1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 The result here is exactly as God has said; therefore, a contrastive transition word is reasonable but not required given the immediate human context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
5:2 fq6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶשְׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ לְ⁠שַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל לֹ֤א יָדַ֨עְתִּי֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠גַ֥ם אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֹ֥א אֲשַׁלֵּֽחַ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:2 lqwt מִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶשְׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ לְ⁠שַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 This is not a rhetorical question, though Pharaoh may have spoken with contempt. Pharaoh would have considered himself a go. The Egyptians had several gods, and most people groups were assumed to have their own gods. Therefore, Pharaoh had truly not heard of Yahweh (who has just told his name to Moses).
5:2 wpff rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל & יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Here the nation is spoken of as an individual. Alternative translation: “the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
5:2 c653 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ 1 This represent the words God spoke. Alternate translation: “listen to what he says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:2 gxjp וְ⁠גַ֥ם 1 This functions to strengthen Pharaoh’s statement about his decision. Alternative translation: “and most definitely”
5:3 z8ny rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 It may not make sense in all languages for multiple people to speak. Since Aaron was appointed as Moses’ spokesman, consider the alternative translation: “Aaron replied” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
5:3 cli7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֱלֹהֵ֥י הָ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים נִקְרָ֣א עָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ נֵ֣לֲכָה נָּ֡א דֶּרֶךְ֩ שְׁלֹ֨שֶׁת יָמִ֜ים בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֗ר וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָה֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ פֶּ֨ן־יִפְגָּעֵ֔⁠נוּ בַּ⁠דֶּ֖בֶר א֥וֹ בֶ⁠חָֽרֶב 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:3 y9ip אֱלֹהֵ֥י הָ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים 1 This term is also used for Yahweh, the Israelites’ God.
5:3 kclj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive עָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ נֵ֣לֲכָה & וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָה֙ & יִפְגָּעֵ֔⁠נוּ 1 Here, **us** (or “we” in UST) refers to the Hebrew people (the Israelites). It exclude Pharaoh and his people. Some languages may need to consider whether to use an inclusive or exclusive form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
5:3 gfs5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בֶ⁠חָֽרֶב 1 Here, **sword** represents war or an attack by enemies. Alternate translation: “cause our enemies to attack us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:4 cb7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לָ֚⁠מָּה מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן תַּפְרִ֥יעוּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם מִ⁠מַּֽעֲשָׂ֑י⁠ו לְכ֖וּ לְ⁠סִבְלֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:4 kl1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֚⁠מָּה מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן תַּפְרִ֥יעוּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם מִ⁠מַּֽעֲשָׂ֑י⁠ו 1 Pharaoh uses this question to express his anger towards Moses and Aaron for taking the Israelites away from their work. Alternate translation: “Stop distracting the people from doing their work!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
5:4 fiw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לְכ֖וּ לְ⁠סִבְלֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 This **your** could refer to Moses and Aaron, or it could mean “all you Israelite people.” The second meaning is more likely. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:5 nqbe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-aside וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 It is unusual for the same speaker to be reintroduced like this. Some translations omit the repetition, but there is another option. This statement may be more connected to the next couple of verses, so it might be appropriate to make a minor break before this verse. Pharaoh may have been more commenting to himself, or he only thought this statement silently, and it led to his next actions. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
5:5 todi הֵן 1 This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say.
5:5 c53k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual וְ⁠הִשְׁבַּתֶּ֥ם 1 Here, **you** means Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural (if not) form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:6 ar9m אֶת־הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֣ים בָּ⁠עָ֔ם וְ⁠אֶת־שֹׁטְרָ֖י⁠ו 1 Pharaoh may have sent a messenger or messengers to the taskmasters and officers or spoken to one or a few representatives of them at his court rather than speaking to them directly. Alternative translation: “Pharaoh gave an order for the taskmasters among the people and officers that said,”
5:6 zd4m הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֣ים 1 **Taskmasters** were Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. These are probably the same as the “overseers” of labor gangs from [Exodus 1:11](../01/11.md), but here the term is harsher. Alternative translation: “oppressors”
5:6 hopu שֹׁטְרָ֖י⁠ו 1 **Officers** were probably Israelite slaves who were in charge of the other Israelites but who answered to the Egyptian taskmasters.
5:6 dxih לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 This is a way of introducing a direct quotation in Hebrew; most translations can omit it without harm.
5:7 k6io rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual לֹ֣א תֹאסִפ֞וּ⁠ן 1 This command was given to multiple people; if your language distinguishes between singular and plural forms when giving commands, make sure this is a plural form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:7 apw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לֹ֣א תֹאסִפ֞וּ⁠ן 1 Verses 7-9 are a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate the start here with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of the quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:7 p9nx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֑ם 1 This is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” Alternative translation: “as before” or “as previously” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:8 izkf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual תָּשִׂ֣ימוּ 1 If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:8 ro25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַ⁠לְּבֵנִ֜ים 1 **Bricks** are hardened clay blocks for building. See how you translated in [1:14][../01/14.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
5:8 dlzx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תְּמ֤וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁם֙ 1 This is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” See how you translated this in [5:7](../05/07md) Alternative translation: “before” or “previously” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:8 vd10 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks נֵלְכָ֖ה נִזְבְּחָ֥ה לֵ⁠אלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 This is a second-level direct quotation. It is a quote of Moses and Aaron. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:9 fnz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠אַל־יִשְׁע֖וּ בְּ⁠דִבְרֵי־שָֽׁקֶר 1 Here words are spoken of as if they could be looked upon. Alternative translation: as UST or “and not listen to words that are lies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:10 ozzn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּ֨צְא֜וּ 1 This begins a new scene, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
5:10 x4bi נֹגְשֵׂ֤י 1 **Taskmasters** were Egyptians whose job was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in [5:6](../05/6.md). See [[rc://*/tn/help/exo/05/06/zd4m]]
5:10 znqn כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 This is the same quote formula as is used for when Yahweh gives a direct command. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
5:10 djoe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֥וּ אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 It might be helpful in some languages to translate **thus says Pharaoh** as an indirect quote so that his conveyed command is not a quote within a quote. Alternate translation: “and told the people that Pharaoh says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
5:10 mkom rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי 1 This is a the beginning of a second-level quotation that continues until the end of verse 11. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the start of a quotation within a quotation. However, you could also translate this as an indirect quote. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
5:10 szfp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast אֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי נֹתֵ֥ן לָ⁠כֶ֖ם תֶּֽבֶן 1 The structure of this phrase and the one that opens [the next verse](../05/11.md) create a strong contrast between what **I** (Pharaoh) and **you** (you all, the Israelites) will do. Translate this in a way that emphasizes, if possible, the contrast between “I” and “you.” Alternative translation: “It is not I who will give you straw.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
5:10 si2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי 1 Pharaoh does not physically give the Israelites straw. Rather, he had commanded his servants take straw that belongs to Pharaoh and give it to the Israelites. Now he told his servants to stop providing straw. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:10 gb4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual לָ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 **You**is plural and refers to the Israelite people. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:11 ewg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast אַתֶּ֗ם לְכ֨וּ קְח֤וּ לָ⁠כֶם֙ תֶּ֔בֶן מֵ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר תִּמְצָ֑אוּ 1 The structure of this phrase serves as the opposing side of the contrast Pharaoh sets up in the last phrase. By explicitly using a pronoun with a command, he is emphasizing who will go get straw. If possible, translate this in a way that emphasizes the contrast between “I” and “you.” See [[rc://*/tn/help/exo/05/10/7zfp]] for more info. Alternative translation: “Rather, it is you yourselves who must go get straw from wherever you might find it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
5:11 xe4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אַתֶּ֗ם 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to the Israelite people. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:11 w918 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns אַתֶּ֗ם & לָ⁠כֶם֙ 1 The repetition of **you** emphasizes that the Egyptians will no longer help the slaves. Alternative translation: see UST (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
5:11 g5vb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין נִגְרָ֛ע מֵ⁠עֲבֹדַתְ⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָֽר 1 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “for you must continue to make the same number of bricks as before” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
5:11 ucrc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין נִגְרָ֛ע מֵ⁠עֲבֹדַתְ⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָֽר 1 After this phrase (at the end of the verse), the direct quotes end. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level (and second-level if you made both levels direct quotes) quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:12 s9dk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 This is a generalization used to show the extra effort Israel made to meet Pharaoh’s demands. Alternate translation: “to many places throughout Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
5:12 q7y7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown קַ֖שׁ 1 **Stubble** is the part of a plant that is left over after harvest. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
5:13 th6x וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֖ים 1 **Taskmasters** were Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in [Exodus 5:6](../05/06.md).
5:13 ikkf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֖ים 1 The change of subject is emphasized here. If your language has a way of specifically focusing on the actor in a narrative, use it here. See the UST for how that is done in English. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
5:13 hye4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks כַּלּ֤וּ מַעֲשֵׂי⁠כֶם֙ דְּבַר־י֣וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמ֔⁠וֹ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר בִּ⁠הְי֥וֹת הַ⁠תֶּֽבֶן 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:13 a5ja דְּבַר־י֣וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמ֔⁠וֹ 1 **Day by day** means “daily.” Alternative translation: “the daily task”
5:14 h4uo נֹגְשֵׂ֥י 1 **Taskmasters** are Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in [Exodus 5:6](../05/06.md).
5:14 unbc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֻּכּ֗וּ שֹֽׁטְרֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 The text does not specify who beat the officers. It was probably either the taskmasters or someone the taskmasters ordered to beat the officers. If your language cannot express this with the passive, you can make the taskmasters the subject. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:14 eq22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַדּ֡וּעַ לֹא֩ כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם לִ⁠לְבֹּן֙ כִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם גַּם־תְּמ֖וֹל גַּם־הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 The taskmasters used this question to show they were angry with the lack of bricks. Alternate translation: “You are not producing enough bricks, either yesterday or today, as you did in the past!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
5:14 s67c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מַדּ֡וּעַ לֹא֩ כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם לִ⁠לְבֹּן֙ כִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם גַּם־תְּמ֖וֹל גַּם־הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:14 oh6o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם 1 Here, **you** and **your** are plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. However, also see [[rc://*/tn/help/exo/05/14/emq7]]. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:14 emq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם 1 Here, **you** and **your** do not simply refer to the officers; they refer to the groups of Israelite workers the officers are in charge of. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
5:14 liz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם 1 This is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” Here it specifically refers to the time before the Egyptians stopped giving the Israelites straw. See how you translated this in [5:7](../05/07md) Alternative translation: “before” or “previously” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:14 zklg גַּם־תְּמ֖וֹל גַּם־הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 This time expression refers to more recent days, ones since the Egyptians stopped providing the straw to the Israelites.
5:15 bk9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יָּבֹ֗אוּ 1 This begins a new scene, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. The officers have gone to where Pharaoh is. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
5:15 thlj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֗אוּ 1 You will need to decide if go or come is the better translation in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
5:15 en1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לָ֧⁠מָּה 1 This begins a direct quote that continues to the end of the [next verse](../05/16.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:15 m2nz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person לַ⁠עֲבָדֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 Here, the Israelite officers use the term **your servants** to refer to themselves in the third person as a way of showing humility. It is also possible that they mean to include all the Israelites. Either option is valid if your language must state who is meant by “your servants.” Alternate translation: “to us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
5:16 yeql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תֶּ֗בֶן אֵ֤ין נִתָּן֙ לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 The text does not specify who is not giving them straw. From context, the taskmasters and, by implication, Pharaoh himself are the ones not doing this. If your language cannot express this with the passive, you can make the taskmasters or Pharaoh the subject. Alternative translation: “You are not giving your servants any straw.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:16 qp5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ & עֲבָדֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 Here, the Israelite officers use the term **your servants** to refer to themselves in the third person as a way of showing humility. It is also possible that they mean to include all the Israelites. Either option is valid if your language must state who is meant by “your servants.” Alternate translation: “to us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
5:16 hsa6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants אֹמְרִ֥ים 1 **They** refers to the Egyptian taskmasters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
5:16 cxl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וּ⁠לְבֵנִ֛ים & עֲשׂ֑וּ 1 **Make bricks** is a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:16 m0go וְ⁠הִנֵּ֧ה 1 This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows.
5:16 xrly rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive עֲבָדֶ֛י⁠ךָ מֻכִּ֖ים 1 The text does not specify who beat the officers. It was probably either the taskmasters or someone the taskmasters ordered to beat the officers. If your language cannot express this with the passive, you can make the taskmasters the subject. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:16 ff2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠חָטָ֥את עַמֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 The Israelites are indirectly accusing Pharaoh of doing wrong. To translate this, consider polite or indirect ways of making accusations in your culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
5:16 l7sn וְ⁠חָטָ֥את 1 “but it is the wrong-doing of”
5:17 tvso rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אַתֶּ֖ם & אַתֶּ֣ם 1 These uses of **you** are plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:17 ft4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations נִרְפִּ֥ים אַתֶּ֖ם נִרְפִּ֑ים 1 Pharaoh repeats himself for emphasis. In your translation, make sure the idea of laziness or idleness is repeated or strengthened in a way that is natural. Alternative translation: “You are extremely lazy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
5:17 a8o2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks נֵלְכָ֖ה נִזְבְּחָ֥ה לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה 1 Here the king is quoting another person’s speech. This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:18 g8ax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠תֶ֖בֶן לֹא־יִנָּתֵ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 You can translate this in active voice if needed. The subject could be “I” (as in Pharaoh) or “we” (as in the Egyptians or Pharaoh and his taskmasters) or “my people.” See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:18 z6wt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual לָ⁠כֶ֑ם & תִּתֵּֽנּוּ 1 This means all the Israelites or the officers as representatives of all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:19 x6pp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּרְא֞וּ שֹֽׁטְרֵ֧י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל אֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠רָ֣ע לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר לֹא־תִגְרְע֥וּ מִ⁠לִּבְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמֽ⁠וֹ 1 You may need to reorder the events in this verse in your language to put the reason before the result. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
5:19 i3ot rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לֹא־תִגְרְע֥וּ מִ⁠לִּבְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמֽ⁠וֹ 1 This is a direct quotation of what Pharaoh said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation of another person’s speech. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:19 l9d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns אֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 Here the officers are both the subject and object because they are thinking about their own situation. Different languages have different methods of marking this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
5:19 g03u וַ⁠יִּרְא֞וּ & אֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠רָ֣ע לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “knew that they were in trouble because the king said” or “perceived themselves in danger because the king said”
5:20 ve3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַֽ⁠יִּפְגְּעוּ֙ 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
5:20 g0cj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants וַֽ⁠יִּפְגְּעוּ֙ & לִ⁠קְרָאתָ֑⁠ם בְּ⁠צֵאתָ֖⁠ם 1 Here, **they** and **them** refer to the officers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
5:21 jsbv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks יֵ֧רֶא יְהוָ֛ה עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִשְׁפֹּ֑ט אֲשֶׁ֧ר הִבְאַשְׁתֶּ֣ם אֶת־רֵיחֵ֗⁠נוּ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֤י פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו לָֽ⁠תֶת־חֶ֥רֶב בְּ⁠יָדָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠הָרְגֵֽ⁠נוּ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:21 kv0v יֵ֧רֶא יְהוָ֛ה עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִשְׁפֹּ֑ט 1 They used this form to curse Moses and Aaron.
5:21 dlou rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִשְׁפֹּ֑ט 1 **You** refers to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:21 j3zp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הִבְאַשְׁתֶּ֣ם אֶת־רֵיחֵ֗⁠נוּ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֤י פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו 1 The Egyptians responded to the Israelites the same way they would respond to a foul odor. Alternate translation: “you have caused Pharaoh and his servants to hate us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:21 d592 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy חֶ֥רֶב בְּ⁠יָדָ֖⁠ם 1 Here, **a sword into their hand** is a metonym for “a reason in their mind.” The Israelites are afraid that the Egyptians will feel that they are doing the right thing if they kill the Israelites because Moses and Aaron are making demands to the king and because the Egyptians view the Israelites as lazy and dangerous. Alternate translation: “them a reason to think they would be right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:22 pm0l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins which continues to the end of the chapter. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:22 g4d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֥⁠מָּה זֶּ֖ה שְׁלַחְתָּֽ⁠נִי 1 This question shows how disappointed Moses was that the Egyptians were treating the Israelites even more harshly now. He is expressing that he thinks God has caused the opposite of what he promised to happen. Alternate translation: “You sent me to rescue them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
5:23 v2k2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּ⁠שְׁמֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Here, **in your name** indicates that Moses delivers Yahweh’s message. Alternate translation: “for you” or “your message for him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:23 fzir rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הַצֵּ֥ל לֹא־הִצַּ֖לְתָּ 1 In Hebrew, **rescued** is repeated for emphasis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:23 ce6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַמֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses that began in the [previous verse](../05/22.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:intro we5k 0 # Exodus 06 General Notes\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Repetition of events:\n\nMost of the content of this chapter is very similar to the events and dialogue in chapters 3-4. For consistency, translators should consult the decisions they made there while keeping in mind that this narrative is not exactly the same. Also, verses 10-12 and verses 28-30 are very similar to each other. These events are probably a recommissioning of Moses. After his first encounter with Pharaoh went very poorly and the Israelites seem to reject God, reminds Moses of God’s promises and power.\n\n### Referring to God\n\nA name for God (**Yahweh**) and a title for God (**El Shaddai**) are mentioned in this chapter ([6:2](../06/02.md)\-[6:3](../06/03.md)). The precise meaning of El Shaddai is not known, but most scholars think it means something like “almighty.” Translators who have worked on Genesis may find confusing the statement that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob did not know Yahweh as the name of God.\n\n### Other possible translation difficulties:\n\nWith little explanation, a large portion of the chapter is devoted to the genealogy of Moses and Aaron. Some of the people in the genealogy lived much longer than is normal for humans today. If translators are not familiar with the lengths of people’s lives in the early days of the world (as recorded in Genesis, especially chapter 5), this may cause confusion.\n\n## Study concepts in this chapter\n\n### Promised Land\n\nAccording to the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham, Egypt is not the home of the Hebrew people. Their home is the Promised Land in Canaan. The people are to return home to their land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### “Let my people go”\n\nThis is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.\n\n### God and his people\n\nIn verse 7, note mention of a very important biblical theme of God being “your God” and the special relationship that his people have with him.
6:1 ip5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks עַתָּ֣ה תִרְאֶ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֖ה לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה כִּ֣י בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ יְשַׁלְּחֵ֔⁠ם וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה יְגָרְשֵׁ֖⁠ם מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:1 lu95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential עַתָּ֣ה 1 This refers to future events starting very soon. Alternative translation: “Starting soon” or “Very soon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
6:1 ece6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ & וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 **Hand** is a metonym for power. Alternate translation: “by a strong power … and by a strong power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:1 swm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ & וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 It is not clear in the text whose **hand** is referred to here. The options are: (1) Both refer to God’s hand (forcing Pharaoh’s actions), (2) Both refer to Pharaoh’s hand (forcing the Israelites out), (3) They don’t refer to the same person’s hand; the first refers to God’s and the second to Pharaoh’s. The UST has followed (1) which is the most common interpretation. Alternate translation: (1) “by my strong hand … and by my strong hand” or (2) “by his strong hand … and by his strong hand” or (3) “by my strong hand … and by his strong hand”
6:1 dm4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism כִּ֣י בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ יְשַׁלְּחֵ֔⁠ם וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה יְגָרְשֵׁ֖⁠ם מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. God says the same thing twice, in similar ways, for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, if it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “I will force him to let my people leave the land” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase intensifies the first by portraying Pharaoh as not merely letting the Israelites go, but as forcing them to leave the land. Alternate translation: “I will force him to let them go, in fact, I will force him to force them to leave his land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
6:1 sdon מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 “from Egypt”
6:2 fm1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֑ה וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו 1 There is a transition here. Before this verse, Yahweh was answering Moses’ question more directly. At the beginning of this verse, Yahweh is reintroduced as “God” because he begins to make a clarifying statement about himself and his relationship with the Israelites and their ancestors as well as his plans for the Israelites. Much of this section repeats what Yahweh has already told Moses. You may want to consider a section break before this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
6:2 kcty rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֑ה וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins which continues until the end of [verse 8](../06/08.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:3 l81y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate בְּ⁠אֵ֣ל שַׁדָּ֑י 1 This is a title for God that many scholars think means “almighty.” You will need to decide if you will transliterate the term into your language or translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. Alternative translation: “as the strongest God of all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
6:3 m27p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠שְׁמִ֣⁠י יְהוָ֔ה לֹ֥א נוֹדַ֖עְתִּי לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but they did not know me by my name Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:3 e36z וּ⁠שְׁמִ֣⁠י יְהוָ֔ה לֹ֥א נוֹדַ֖עְתִּי לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 This statement is very difficult to understand as God’s name, Yahweh, is used throughout Genesis, including by Abraham and others. There are many theories about what it means; the view followed by the UST is that now God is revealing to the Israelites a fuller meaning of his divine name than what Abraham and others knew. Alternate translation: “but my name Yahweh was not understood by them”
6:4 zxvc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations לָ⁠תֵ֥ת לָ⁠הֶ֖ם אֶת־אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 This is the content of the covenant promise from God to his people. Some languages may need to make this part a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “ I said, ‘I will give you the land of Canaan’ ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
6:4 gkkc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אֶ֥רֶץ מְגֻרֵי⁠הֶ֖ם אֲשֶׁר־גָּ֥רוּ בָֽ⁠הּ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “the land they lived in as temporary residents”; otherwise, “the land that was not their home but where they lived as foreigners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
6:5 l3yc נַאֲקַת֙ 1 This means making sad sounds because of pain and suffering.
6:5 zl2p וָ⁠אֶזְכֹּ֖ר אֶת־בְּרִיתִֽ⁠י 1 **I have remembered my covenant** means God is going to take action. Alternative translation: “I will keep my promise”
6:6 rgh0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לָ⁠כֵ֞ן 1 God is now telling Moses to deliver a message to the Israelites of what God is going to do because of everything that he said in verses 2-5. The reason-result relationship is strongly marked here, so translations should make sure to use a connector that marks verse 6-8 as a result of verses 2-5. Alternate translation: “Because of this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
6:6 yv14 לָ⁠כֵ֞ן אֱמֹ֥ר לִ⁠בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֘ל 1 This is a command from Yahweh to Moses. Alternate translation: “So Yahweh told Moses to say to the Israelites”
6:6 yg2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֲנִ֣י 1 This begins a second-level quotation that continues to the end of Yahweh’s speech at the close of [verse 8](../06/08.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:6 we3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶ֗ם & אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם & אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ 1 **You** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
6:6 oqnw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מִ⁠תַּ֨חַת֙ סִבְלֹ֣ת מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 This refers to all the hard work the Egyptians made the Israelites do. Alternate translation: “from the hard work the Egyptians force you to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
6:6 xyn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בִּ⁠זְר֣וֹעַ נְטוּיָ֔ה 1 **Arm** here is a figurative way of referring to God’s power, influence, and capacity for action. **Outstretched** means that he is using that power. Alternate translation: “by my great strength” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:6 efx1 וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁפָטִ֖ים 1 Here, the term **judgments** refers to the plagues that God is about to send to harm Egypt and the Egyptians. Each plague is a response to Pharaoh’s stubbornness. Alternate translation: “and by [greatly] harming the Egyptians”
6:7 o3lb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶ֥ם & לָ⁠כֶ֖ם & וִֽ⁠ידַעְתֶּ֗ם & אֱלֹ֣הֵי⁠כֶ֔ם & אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 Here every occurrence of **you** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
6:7 a4ev rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת סִבְל֥וֹת מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This refers to all the hard work the Egyptians forced upon the Israelites. See what you did in the previous verse at [[rc://*/tn/help/exo/06/07/oqnw]]. Alternate translation: “from the hard work the Egyptians force you to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
6:8 h9ho rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ & לָ⁠כֶ֛ם 1 Here, every occurrence of **you** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
6:8 g9ru rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction נָשָׂ֨אתִי֙ אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י 1 This is an action that signifies making an oath. Raising the hand may not have the same meaning in your culture so you may need to use a different symbolic oath-taking action in your translation, or simply translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “I promised” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
6:8 i3vj מוֹרָשָׁ֖ה 1 This means the Israelites will own the land. Alternate translation: “as your own land”
6:8 ipnm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֲנִ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh ends. Both the first-level and second-level quotes end. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level and second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation and a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:9 aalj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠לֹ֤א שָֽׁמְעוּ֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה מִ⁠קֹּ֣צֶר ר֔וּחַ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עֲבֹדָ֖ה קָשָֽׁה 1 In some languages it will be necessary to put the reason for the people not listening before the result. Alternate translation: “but because of shortness of spirit and because of hard service, they did not listen to Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
6:9 zjc7 מִ⁠קֹּ֣צֶר ר֔וּחַ 1 Here, the people’s **spirit** is spoken of as something that could be measured. By calling it “short,” the author is saying they did not have very much motivation or hope. Alternate translation: “because they had no hope”
6:10 tpw4 לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר 1 This is used to mark the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted if it is unnatural.
6:11 pi7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks בֹּ֣א דַבֵּ֔ר אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֖ה מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרָ֑יִם וִֽ⁠ישַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:11 fxf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וִֽ⁠ישַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This is an indirect quote; in some languages you will have to make it a direct quote. Be careful to change the third-person pronouns to second-person pronouns if you do this. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘You must let the sons of Israel go from your land’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
6:12 rsag rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י עֲרַ֥ל שְׂפָתָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:12 h7o0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by saying he **before the face of Yahweh** Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:12 iiui הֵ֤ן 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.”
6:12 k7hl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 Moses asked this question hoping God would change His mind about using Moses. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Since the Israelites did not listen to me, neither will Pharaoh!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
6:12 diul rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 Moses is presenting a reasoned argument: since this, then probably that. Use a natural way of expressing such arguments in your language. Alternate translation: “Since the sons of Israel have not listened to me, why would you think Pharaoh would listen to me?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
6:12 k3br rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י עֲרַ֥ל שְׂפָתָֽיִם 1 This is a metaphor that means that Moses was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude; your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. Alternate translation: “And I do not speak well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:13 no6g וַ⁠יְצַוֵּ⁠ם֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְ⁠אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֖ה 1 This phrase is somewhat difficult to translate. Here, **command** could also be translated as “charge” or “commission.” Another difficulty is knowing to whom the command is directed: is it to Moses and Aaron or are they to give the command to Pharaoh and the Israelites, thus **to** could be translated as “for” or “regarding” Alternate translations: “and he charged them regarding the sons of Israel and regarding Pharaoh” or “and he gave them a command for the sons of Israel and for Pharaoh” or “and he gave them a commission to the sons of Israel and to Pharaoh”
6:14 hh3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background אֵ֖לֶּה 1 Verses 14-27 are background information. If your language marks background information with particular discourse features, use them here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
6:14 h195 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy רָאשֵׁ֣י 1 Here, “heads” refers to the original ancestors of the clan. Alternate translation: “the ancestors of ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:14 wv89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names רְאוּבֵ֜ן & יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל & חֲנ֤וֹךְ וּ⁠פַלּוּא֙ חֶצְר֣וֹן וְ⁠כַרְמִ֔י & רְאוּבֵֽן 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:15 c1ni rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names שִׁמְע֗וֹן יְמוּאֵ֨ל וְ⁠יָמִ֤ין וְ⁠אֹ֨הַד֙ וְ⁠יָכִ֣ין וְ⁠צֹ֔חַר וְ⁠שָׁא֖וּל & שִׁמְעֽוֹן 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:16 k64h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לֵוִי֙ & גֵּרְשׁ֕וֹן וּ⁠קְהָ֖ת וּ⁠מְרָרִ֑י & לֵוִ֔י 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:16 m36f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שֶׁ֧בַע וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת 1 “one hundred thirty-seven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
6:17 alm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גֵרְשׁ֛וֹן לִבְנִ֥י וְ⁠שִׁמְעִ֖י 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:18 gzm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names קְהָ֔ת עַמְרָ֣ם וְ⁠יִצְהָ֔ר וְ⁠חֶבְר֖וֹן וְ⁠עֻזִּיאֵ֑ל & קְהָ֔ת 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:18 qu41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שָׁלֹ֧שׁ וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת 1 “one hundred thirty-three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
6:19 p5sz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מְרָרִ֖י מַחְלִ֣י וּ⁠מוּשִׁ֑י 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:20 ni1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עַמְרָ֜ם & יוֹכֶ֤בֶד & אַהֲרֹ֖ן & מֹשֶׁ֑ה & עַמְרָ֔ם 1 These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:20 mh02 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship דֹּֽדָת⁠וֹ֙ 1 This word specifically means father’s sister. Some languages will have a term that is specific in this way, and translators should use it. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]])
6:20 ti6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שֶׁ֧בַע וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת 1 “one hundred thirty-seven years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
6:21 f3yr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יִצְהָ֑ר קֹ֥רַח וָ⁠נֶ֖פֶג וְ⁠זִכְרִֽי׃ 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:22 n7cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עֻזִּיאֵ֑ל מִֽישָׁאֵ֥ל וְ⁠אֶלְצָפָ֖ן וְ⁠סִתְרִֽי 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:23 n1xh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אַהֲרֹ֜ן & אֱלִישֶׁ֧בַע & עַמִּינָדָ֛ב & נַחְשׁ֖וֹן & נָדָב֙ & אֲבִיה֔וּא & אֶלְעָזָ֖ר & אִֽיתָמָֽר 1 These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:24 soae rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names קֹ֔רַח אַסִּ֥יר וְ⁠אֶלְקָנָ֖ה וַ⁠אֲבִיאָסָ֑ף 1 These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:24 i6o7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠קָּרְחִֽי 1 This was the name of the clan of people descended from Korah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:25 zvg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠אֶלְעָזָ֨ר & אַהֲרֹ֜ן & פּֽוּטִיאֵל֙ & פִּֽינְחָ֑ס 1 These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:25 fck8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy רָאשֵׁ֛י 1 The word “heads” here represents family leaders. Alternate translation: “These were the leaders of the families” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:26 dqm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks ⁠הֶ֔ם הוֹצִ֜יאוּ אֶת־בְּנֵ֧י יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרַ֖יִם עַל־צִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 This is a direct quotation of what Yahweh said earlier. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation of a previous remark. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:26 ft6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown עַל־צִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people often organized into groups for war. Alternate translation: “by their groups” or “by their divisions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
6:27 o7xp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ⁠הוֹצִ֥יא 1 This expresses their goal when they spoke to Pharaoh. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
6:28 xssl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֗י בְּ⁠י֨וֹם 1 This marks a transition from the record of the genealogy back to the narrative. Consider placing a section break at the start of this verse. Alternate translation: “One day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
6:29 ss2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לֵּ⁠אמֹ֖ר 1 Here, **saying** is used to mark the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted if unnatural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:29 vogm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֑ה דַּבֵּ֗ר אֶל־פַּרְעֹה֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרַ֔יִם אֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲנִ֖י דֹּבֵ֥ר אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:30 zyqs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by saying he spoke before **the face of Yahweh**. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md) Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:30 nf3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֵ֤ן אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֵ֕יךְ יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֵלַ֖⁠י פַּרְעֹֽה 1 Moses asks this question hoping to change God’s mind about sending him. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Behold, I am not a good speaker. Pharaoh will certainly not listen to me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
6:30 qvxf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks הֵ֤ן אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֵ֕יךְ יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֵלַ֖⁠י פַּרְעֹֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:30 y4g2 הֵ֤ן 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.”
6:30 a8l8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם 1 This is a metaphor that means that Moses thought he was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude, and your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md) Alternate translation: “And I always fail to speak well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:intro r9we 0 # Exodus 07 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Miracles\nWhen Yahweh had Moses perform miracles, Pharaoh’s men were able to copy these miracles. It is unknown how they were able to do this, but since it was not from Yahweh, they were probably done under some evil power. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])\n\n### Pharaoh’s hard heart\nPharaoh’s heart is often described as hard, strong, or heavy in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. \n\n### “Let my people go”\nThis is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter include:\n- Moses as God to Pharaoh\n- A number of difficult terms: prophet, signs, wonders, miracles, sorcerers, magicians, magic, judgements, canals, reservoirs\n- The use of “heart” to refer to the seat of will and emotion\n- Up to third-level quotations\n
7:1 dvak rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins which continues to the end of [verse 5](../07/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:1 gy1t רְאֵ֛ה 1 This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternative translation: “Listen carefully”
7:1 dn1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נְתַתִּ֥י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהִ֖ים לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 This means Moses would represent the same authority to Pharaoh as God did to Moses. See how you translated the very similar phrase in [Exodus 4:16](../04/16.md), see [this note]([[rc://*/tn/help/exo/04/16/gn5v]]). Alternate translation: “I will cause Pharaoh to consider you as a god” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:1 z163 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֥ן אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ יִהְיֶ֥ה נְבִיאֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 This phrase compares Aaron to a prophet because he will be the one actually to proclaim to Pharaoh what Moses tells him. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 4:16](../04/16.md), see [this note]([[rc://*/tn/help/exo/04/16/mnsp]]). Alternate translation: “and Aaron your brother will act like your prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:2 l44v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 Aaron is older than Moses. Some languages will use a different term for the sibling relationship based on gender and age order. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]])
7:2 hdwo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וְ⁠שִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 Some languages may need to make this a direct quote. If so, be sure to mark it as a second-level quotation, subordinate to Yahweh’s main speech. Alternative translation: “saying, ‘You must let the sons of Israel go from your land’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
7:2 t04o מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 “Egypt”
7:3 adsq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַקְשֶׁ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 This means God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were hard. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 4:21](../04/21.md), but note the slightly different metaphor there: the heart being strong vs. hard. Alternate translation: “will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:3 vtt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet אֶת־אֹתֹתַ֛⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־מוֹפְתַ֖⁠י 1 The words **signs** and **wonders** mean basically the same thing. God uses them to emphasize the greatness of what he will do in Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
7:4 ar0l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אֲלֵ⁠כֶם֙ 1 Here, **you** means Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural form (if not) here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
7:4 e2kv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יָדִ֖⁠י 1 The words **my hand** represent God’s great power. Alternate translation: “my power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:4 zr0r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 **On Egypt** refers to the land and everything in it, including people, animals, and plants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:4 nilu אֶת־צִבְאֹתַ֜⁠י אֶת־עַמִּ֤⁠י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 These phrases refer to the Israelites in three different ways; they do not refer to three different groups of people. **Armies** is the same word used in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “the armies of my Israelite people”
7:5 cg3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠יָדְע֤וּ מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ כִּֽי־אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 This is the result of God rescuing the Israelites. In some languages the result will have to be placed after the cause, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
7:5 npd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּ⁠נְטֹתִ֥⁠י אֶת־יָדִ֖⁠י עַל 1 This phrase represents God’s great power. Alternate translation: “when I show my powerful acts against” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:5 dguc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠הוֹצֵאתִ֥י אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠תּוֹכָֽ⁠ם 1 The goal of God’s powerful acts was to rescue the Israelites. Alternate translation: “so that I bring the sons of Israel out from their midst” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
7:5 h576 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מִ⁠תּוֹכָֽ⁠ם 1 At the end of this verse, the direct quote that began in [verse 1](../07/01.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. Note that the UST is reordered. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:6 iii5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ & עָשֽׂוּ 1 This repetition emphasizes the statement. Some languages can use repetition for emphasis; others will need to use another way of expressing emphasis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
7:7 liir rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וּ⁠מֹשֶׁה֙ בֶּן־שְׁמֹנִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה וְ⁠אַֽהֲרֹ֔ן בֶּן־שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה בְּ⁠דַבְּרָ֖⁠ם אֶל־פַּרְעֹֽה 1 This verse contains background information. If your language marks background information with particular discourse features, use them here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
7:7 g7i5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁמֹנִ֣ים & שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֖ים 1 “eighty … eighty-three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
7:7 nou3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בֶּן־שְׁמֹנִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה & בֶּן־שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה 1 This is an idiom that refers to their age. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:8 pwph rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This verse marks the beginning of new sections, both major and minor. The major story of the plagues and Exodus itself unfolds from here until after Pharaoh’s army is defeated at the Red Sea.  The next minor event is the miracle of the rods becoming snakes. Either by using particular forms that your language uses to mark transitions or by making a section break and heading, this transition should be marked for readers.  (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
7:8 p2kf לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 Here, **saying** marks the beginning of a direct quote and is often omitted in translation when such a construction is unnatural in the target language. See UST.
7:9 b0jl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks כִּי֩ יְדַבֵּ֨ר אֲלֵ⁠כֶ֤ם פַּרְעֹה֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר תְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:9 jt9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations כִּי֩ יְדַבֵּ֨ר אֲלֵ⁠כֶ֤ם פַּרְעֹה֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר תְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין 1 The two quotations in this verse could be stated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “When Pharaoh tells you to do a miracle, then you will tell Aaron to take his staff and throw it down before Pharaoh so that it may become a snake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
7:9 ye9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks תְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת 1 This is a second-level direct quotation. If you did not decide to make it an indirect quotation, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:9 r0tp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין 1 This is a second-level direct quotation. The second level may end after **Pharaoh.** If you did not decide to make it an indirect quotation, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:9 p3xh לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 Here, **saying** marks the beginning of a direct quote and is often omitted in translation when such a construction is unnatural in the target language. See UST.
7:9 ms5o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אֲלֵ⁠כֶ֤ם & לָ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 These are plural, referring to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural form (if not) here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
7:9 ghfg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes תְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת 1 This is a second-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
7:9 s5a9 קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין 1 This is a second-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
7:9 ogk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה 1 Although **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Moses and Aaron are to actually do the miracles in front of Pharaoh so that Pharaoh can see them. Alternative translation: “so Pharaoh can see it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:10 dq7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֛ה וְ⁠לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו 1 This time, while **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Aaron actually does this right in front of Pharaoh and his servants so they could watch what happens. Alternative translation: “where Pharaoh and his servants could see it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:10 cdkq עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו 1 **His servants** probably refers to important advisors that would be in the king’s court, and does not refer common servants.
7:11 mqde לַֽ⁠חֲכָמִ֖ים וְ⁠לַֽ⁠מְכַשְּׁפִ֑ים & חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י 1 Here, **magicians** probably describes both **wise men and sorcerers** rather than being a third group. See translationWords articles for each term.
7:12 u6np וַ⁠יִּבְלַ֥ע 1 “ate up” or “devoured”
7:12 m0kw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יִּבְלַ֥ע מַטֵּֽה־אַהֲרֹ֖ן אֶת־מַטֹּתָֽ⁠ם 1 This is a surprising and amusing twist which was not what the magicians expected. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
7:12 prnp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification מַטֵּֽה & מַטֹּתָֽ⁠ם 1 It may be necessary in some languages to translate the word **staff** as “snake” since it had turned into one. This may be true if it would not make sense in the target language to say that a staff swallowed or ate something (because it is not living). It may also be not make sense in some languages to speak of the snakes as staffs once transformed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
7:13 g42f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֶּחֱזַק֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were **strong**. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 4:21](../04/21.md), but note that this is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn, as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:13 tfve כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 Because Yahweh’s prediction precedes this event, some languages may need to place the reference to that prediction before the statement that it was fulfilled. See UST.
7:14 d27r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כָּבֵ֖ד לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 Yahweh speaks of Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude as if Pharaoh’s heart were heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md), but note the slightly different metaphor there: the heart being heavy vs strong. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh is defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:14 qiyx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
7:14 t79b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins which continues to the end of [verse 18](../07/18.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:15 ecby הִנֵּה֙ 1 This is used to draw attention to information that follows.
7:15 c5np יֹצֵ֣א הַ⁠מַּ֔יְמָ⁠ה 1 There are various theories as to what Pharaoh went down to the Nile to do, but there is no need to speculate or specify in the translation.
7:16 yqp7 וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 “Say to Pharaoh”
7:16 i4yt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks יְהוָ֞ה 1 This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 18](../07/18.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:16 uvxe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֱלֹהֵ֤י הָ⁠עִבְרִים֙ 1 Yahweh claimed the Hebrews (Israelites) as his own. They worshiped him. This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
7:16 d16q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes שַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֻ֖⁠נִי בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑ר וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה לֹא־שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ עַד־כֹּֽה 1 This is a third-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. Alternatively, you could translate it as an indirect quotation as in the UST. If you do this, take care to adjust the pronoun person (second/third) as appropriate. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
7:16 cwox וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 **Behold** is used to draw attention to the information that follows. In some languages, it will not be translated.
7:17 j1ev כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This is a standard formula used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
7:17 mywj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes בְּ⁠זֹ֣את 1 This begins a third-level quotation that continues until the end of verse 18. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. It is possible that the third-level quote actually ends before **Behold,** in which case, in the rest of the quote **I** refers to Moses, not Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
7:17 jjm3 הִנֵּ֨ה 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Look at this”
7:18 bsjn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠בָאַ֣שׁ הַ⁠יְאֹ֑ר 1 **The river will stink** will happen because the fish die. Alternate translation: “and because of that the river will stink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
7:18 nx0q rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠נִלְא֣וּ מִצְרַ֔יִם לִ⁠שְׁתּ֥וֹת מַ֖יִם מִן־הַ⁠יְאֹֽר 1 In some languages you will need to put the reason before the result. Alternative translation: “In order to find water to drink from the river, the Egyptians will exhaust themselves.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
7:18 c50i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns וְ⁠נִלְא֣וּ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 Here, **themselves** refers back to the subject (**the Egyptians**) to indicated that the Egyptians are the object of the verb as well. Different languages have different methods of marking this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
7:18 grwh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מִן־הַ⁠יְאֹֽר 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s commands ends. Depending on your decisions about the embedded quotation levels, you may have up to three levels of quotations that need to be closed here. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation and quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:19 jima rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֱמֹ֣ר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֡ן קַ֣ח מַטְּ⁠ךָ֣ וּ⁠נְטֵֽה־יָדְ⁠ךָ֩ עַל־מֵימֵ֨י מִצְרַ֜יִם עַֽל־נַהֲרֹתָ֣⁠ם׀ עַל־יְאֹרֵי⁠הֶ֣ם וְ⁠עַל־אַגְמֵי⁠הֶ֗ם וְ⁠עַ֛ל כָּל־מִקְוֵ֥ה מֵימֵי⁠הֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִֽהְיוּ־דָ֑ם וְ⁠הָ֤יָה דָם֙ בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם וּ⁠בָ⁠עֵצִ֖ים וּ⁠בָ⁠אֲבָנִֽים 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:19 no1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks קַ֣ח מַטְּ⁠ךָ֣ וּ⁠נְטֵֽה־יָדְ⁠ךָ֩ עַל־מֵימֵ֨י מִצְרַ֜יִם עַֽל־נַהֲרֹתָ֣⁠ם׀ עַל־יְאֹרֵי⁠הֶ֣ם וְ⁠עַל־אַגְמֵי⁠הֶ֗ם וְ⁠עַ֛ל כָּל־מִקְוֵ֥ה מֵימֵי⁠הֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִֽהְיוּ־דָ֑ם 1 This is a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:19 ysi7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism עַֽל־נַהֲרֹתָ֣⁠ם׀ עַל־יְאֹרֵי⁠הֶ֣ם וְ⁠עַל־אַגְמֵי⁠הֶ֗ם וְ⁠עַ֛ל כָּל־מִקְוֵ֥ה מֵימֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 This list is meant to expand on and reinforce the idea of all of the water in Egypt. You should translate the list in such a way that the locations of the blood are not limited to these specific places, but to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
7:19 wxp2 בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֣רֶץ 1 “in every part of”
7:19 msxp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּ⁠בָ⁠עֵצִ֖ים וּ⁠בָ⁠אֲבָנִֽים 1 This possessive show composition. Alternate translation: “and in containers made from wood and in containers made from stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
7:20 zy18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בַּ⁠יְאֹ֔ר 1 The name of the river may be made explicit. Alternate translation: “in the Nile River” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:20 mj8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה וּ⁠לְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו 1 This means in their sight. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh and his servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:22 gnjd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י 1 See how you translated this term in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
7:22 qdc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֶּחֱזַ֤ק לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:22 sbic כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 Because Yahweh’s prediction precedes this event, some languages may need to place the reference to that prediction before the statement that it was fulfilled. See UST and how you handled this in [7:13](../07/13.md) where the same sentence appears.
7:23 atdk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠לֹא־שָׁ֥ת לִבּ֖⁠וֹ גַּם־לָ⁠זֹֽאת 1 This is an idiom meaning Pharaoh did not think about the meaning of the miracle he had just seen. Alternate translation: “And he did not consider what even this meant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:24 m6zn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כָל־מִצְרַ֛יִם 1 The word **all** here is a generalization that means “many.” At the least, the upper class would have sent their slaves to dig for them. Alternate translation: “Many of the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
7:25 n3t8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֖א 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
7:25 fma1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֖א שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים 1 This is an idiom meaning seven days later. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:25 haut rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֣ת 1 “7” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
8:intro ww1y 0 # Exodus 08 General Notes\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n- the exact insects in plagues 3-4 are not certain, translation teams will need to decide what insects they can use for each\n- Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy, that is, he determines to be proud and resist Yahweh twice in this chapter\n- the Israelites’ sacrifices are spoken of as an abomination to the Egyptians but it is not specified how or why that is\n\n\n### Lifting up the hand and staff: \nIn the next few chapters God will instruct Moses and/or Aaron to raise his hand and/or staff. The narrative will then record that whoever will raise his hand and/or staff. The instruction and the action do not always match exactly. God may say raise your hand and the narrative may say Moses raised his staff. These are not conflicting reports. Translators should understand that the hand and the staff are always understood together. They are one unit and they can both be mentioned or they can be mentioned separately. In each case, Moses or Aaron raises his hand with the staff in it. This fact is merely expressed differently.\n\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Pharaoh’s hard heart\nPharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.\n\n### Let my people go\n\nThis is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.
8:1 tf7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations בֹּ֖א 1 This begins a direct quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
8:1 v6ll כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This is a standard formula used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
8:1 lndc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֚ה 1 This begins a second-level quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
8:1 kure rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes שַׁלַּ֥ח 1 This begins a third-level quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
8:2 s7y1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis לְ⁠שַׁלֵּ֑חַ 1 What Pharaoh is to **let go** is not specified, but “my people” or “the Israelites” are the understood object. Alternate translation: “to let the Israelites go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
8:2 aei8 הִנֵּ֣ה 1 **Behold** is an interjection meant to focus the attention of the listener on what comes next, in this case a dire warning. Alternate translation: “look out”
8:3 fzo6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism בְּ⁠בֵיתֶ֔⁠ךָ וּ⁠בַ⁠חֲדַ֥ר מִשְׁכָּבְ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠עַל־מִטָּתֶ֑⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠בֵ֤ית עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠תַנּוּרֶ֖י⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠מִשְׁאֲרוֹתֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 This long list means “everywhere in Egypt.” It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that the frogs’ location is not limited to these specific places. The list should imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
8:4 okok rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks 1 Up to three levels of quotes end at the end of this verse. Depending on how many levels you chose to mark as direct quotations, you should indicate them ending here with closing second-level (and third-level) quotation mark(s) or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations and quotations within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:5 wll3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֱמֹ֣ר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן נְטֵ֤ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠מַטֶּ֔⁠ךָ עַל־הַ֨⁠נְּהָרֹ֔ת עַל־הַ⁠יְאֹרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־הָ⁠אֲגַמִּ֑ים וְ⁠הַ֥עַל אֶת־הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֖ים עַל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level opening and closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:5 ley6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮ אֶל־מֹשֶׁה֒ אֱמֹ֣ר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן 1 It may be helpful to translate this first quotation indirectly to avoid having two levels of quotations in this verse. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh told Moses to say to Aaron” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
8:5 fmyy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks נְטֵ֤ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠מַטֶּ֔⁠ךָ עַל־הַ֨⁠נְּהָרֹ֔ת עַל־הַ⁠יְאֹרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־הָ⁠אֲגַמִּ֑ים וְ⁠הַ֥עַל אֶת־הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֖ים עַל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a second-level direct quotation (if you chose to make **Say to Aaron** a direct quotation). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level opening and closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:5 aqzz יָדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠מַטֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
8:5 z19q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism עַל־הַ֨⁠נְּהָרֹ֔ת עַל־הַ⁠יְאֹרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־הָ⁠אֲגַמִּ֑ים 1 This list is meant to convey the idea of all the water in Egypt where frogs might live. You should translate the list in such a way that the locations are not limited to these specific places. The list should imply universality. This is made clear in [8:6](../08/06.md).(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
8:6 wf3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֤ט אַהֲרֹן֙ 1 It is implied that Moses told Yahweh’s instructions to Aaron. You may choose to make this explicit as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:6 ct7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יָד֔⁠וֹ 1 It is implied that Aaron was holding his staff as instructed. You may choose to make this explicit. See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. Alternate translation: “his hand holding his staff” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:6 j1w7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יֵּ֤ט אַהֲרֹן֙ אֶת־יָד֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל מֵימֵ֣י 1 Aaron would not have been able to reach his hand over all the water in Egypt. He likely stretched his hand over some nearby portion of the Nile symbolizing all the water of Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
8:6 drmg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תַּ֨עַל֙ 1 [Verse 3](../08/03.md) has specified from where the frogs will come. Here it is implied, but you may make it explicit as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:6 rxze rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns הַ⁠צְּפַרְדֵּ֔עַ 1 There were so many frogs that the text uses the collective singular. If that does not make sense in your language, you may simply use the plural as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
8:6 j83d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠תַּ֨עַל֙ הַ⁠צְּפַרְדֵּ֔עַ וַ⁠תְּכַ֖ס אֶת־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This means that there were frogs everywhere in Egypt. The image is like that of a blanket smothering the entire country. (Or more directly, like one giant, nation-sized frog sitting on top of the entire land). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8:7 fyzg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַֽ⁠חֲרְטֻמִּ֖ים בְּ⁠לָטֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 See how you translated these in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:8 mhn3 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א פַרְעֹ֜ה לְ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וּֽ⁠לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן 1 “Then Pharaoh sent for Moses and Aaron” or “And the king summoned Moses and Aaron”
8:8 nfe3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א פַרְעֹ֜ה לְ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וּֽ⁠לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 It is implied that Moses and Aaron came between being called and Pharaoh speaking to them. You may need to make that explicit. Alternate translation: “And Pharaoh called for Moses and for Aaron, and after they came he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:8 pc7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks הַעְתִּ֣ירוּ אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠יָסֵר֙ הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֔ים מִמֶּ֖⁠נִּי וּ⁠מֵֽ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י וַ⁠אֲשַׁלְּחָה֙ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם וְ⁠יִזְבְּח֖וּ לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:8 tx3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וְ⁠יָסֵר֙ הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֔ים מִמֶּ֖⁠נִּי וּ⁠מֵֽ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י 1 In some languages you may have to make the content of Pharaoh’s prayer to Yahweh a direct quote. Note that this will make it a second-level quotation and you will need to mark it with second-level quotation markings if your language uses them. Alternate translation: “ ‘Please take away the frogs from me and from my people’ ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
8:8 qku4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וַ⁠אֲשַׁלְּחָה֙ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם וְ⁠יִזְבְּח֖וּ לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 This promise is conditional on the frogs going away. Alternate translation: “Once the frogs are gone, I will let the people go, and they may sacrifice to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
8:9 bm7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks הִתְפָּאֵ֣ר עָלַ⁠י֒ לְ⁠מָתַ֣י׀ אַעְתִּ֣יר לְ⁠ךָ֗ וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וּֽ⁠לְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֔ לְ⁠הַכְרִית֙ הַֽ⁠צֲפַרְדְּעִ֔ים מִמְּ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּתֶּ֑י⁠ךָ רַ֥ק בַּ⁠יְאֹ֖ר תִּשָּׁאַֽרְנָה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:9 khfd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony הִתְפָּאֵ֣ר עָלַ⁠י֒ 1 Moses speaks with false humility here. He is ironically pointing out Pharaoh’s powerlessness before Yahweh. Alternate translation: “You can choose” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
8:9 g0lu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism לְ⁠ךָ֗ וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וּֽ⁠לְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֔ & מִמְּ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּתֶּ֑י⁠ךָ 1 These lists mean “for everyone” and “from everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that Moses will ask for a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
8:10 g5e7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לְ⁠מָחָ֑ר 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:10 tvjo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks כִּ⁠דְבָ֣רְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 A direct quote begins here which continues to the end of the next verse. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:10 ofw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֣עַן תֵּדַ֔ע כִּי־אֵ֖ין כַּ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 This knowledge is the goal of Yahweh’s granting a respite from the frogs. In some languages you may need to place this at the end of [verse 11](../08/11.md) after Moses says the frogs will leave. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
8:10 h120 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Here, **our** refers to the Israelites’ God, excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
8:11 zwqo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism מִמְּ⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּ֣תֶּ֔י⁠ךָ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עֲבָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 This list means “from everywhere and everyone” (in Egypt). This shows that the end of the plague will be as complete as its extent. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
8:11 ttyr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks רַ֥ק בַּ⁠יְאֹ֖ר תִּשָּׁאַֽרְנָה 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses that started in the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:12 jjv2 שָׂ֥ם 1 “Yahweh had set”
8:12 nxyi rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א מֹשֶׁ֛ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֖ן 1 A minor scene shift occurs here and may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
8:13 h0ei rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism מִן־הַ⁠בָּתִּ֥ים מִן־הַ⁠חֲצֵרֹ֖ת וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠שָּׂדֹֽת 1 This list means “from everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that there was a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
8:14 a03n חֳמָרִ֣ם חֳמָרִ֑ם 1 Literally, “piles piles.” Repetition is used in Hebrew to emphasize how many or how big they were.
8:15 lv2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַכְבֵּד֙ אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own heart heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:14](../07/14.md), but note, there, that the state of Pharaoh’s heart is reported, whereas here, Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8:15 b47h כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 “just as Yahweh had said Pharaoh would do”
8:16 stgc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮ 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the start of the third plague sequence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
8:16 s5gh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations אֱמֹר֙ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן נְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠הַ֖ךְ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה לְ⁠כִנִּ֖ם בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. However, it may be helpful to translate one of the parts as an indirect quotation so that you do not have to have two levels of quotations here. Alternate translation: see UST or “[And Yahweh told Moses] to tell Aaron” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
8:16 xh9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks נְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠הַ֖ךְ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה לְ⁠כִנִּ֖ם בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a second-level direct quotation (unless you translated one portion as an indirect quotation). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level (or first-level) quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation (within a quotation). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:16 joxz נְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠הַ֖ךְ 1 This is one action or motion but it is described with the two verbs that occur throughout this section of plague judgement.
8:16 dkyj מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ 1 This is Aaron’s staff. See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
8:16 w5el rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown לְ⁠כִנִּ֖ם 1 We do not know exactly what this word means. It is probably a tiny (as in dust-particle size) biting insect. You should choose a different insect here than in the next plague ([8:21](../08/21.md)-8:31). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:17 hzno וַ⁠יֵּט֩ אַהֲרֹ֨ן אֶת־יָד֤⁠וֹ בְ⁠מַטֵּ֨⁠הוּ֙ וַ⁠יַּךְ֙ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 Again, this is one action or motion but it is described with the two verbs that occur throughout this section of plague judgement. See how you translated it in the [previous verse](../08/16.md).
8:17 l784 יָד֤⁠וֹ בְ⁠מַטֵּ֨⁠הוּ֙ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
8:17 nhgt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַ⁠כִּנָּ֔ם & כִנִּ֖ים 1 Again, we do not know this term for certain, so see how you translated it in [8:16](../08/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:17 grg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כָּל־עֲפַ֥ר הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ & בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This extraordinary statement is used to emphasize the extent and severity of the plague. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
8:18 niqc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַ⁠חַרְטֻמִּ֧ים בְּ⁠לָטֵי⁠הֶ֛ם 1 See how you translated these in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:18 ii85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַ⁠כִּנִּ֖ים & הַ⁠כִּנָּ֔ם 1 See how you translated this term in [8:16](../08/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:19 t2be rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַֽ⁠חַרְטֻמִּים֙ 1 See how you translated this term in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:19 lk2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אֶצְבַּ֥ע אֱלֹהִ֖ים הִ֑וא 1 The words “finger of God” represent the power of God. Alternate translation: “This is the powerful work of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
8:19 z1w2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֶּחֱזַ֤ק לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart was strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8:19 rp3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 It is possible that **them** refers to the magicians here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
8:19 gjgg כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 Some languages will need to place this before the thing that Yahweh predicted, as in the UST.
8:20 j5n8 וְ⁠הִתְיַצֵּב֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 “and present yourself to Pharaoh”
8:20 frfn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the beginning of the fourth plague sequence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
8:20 syv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:20 tg25 הִנֵּ֖ה 1 This is used to draw attention to important information that is next. In some languages and translation styles it will make the most sense to omit this, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully”
8:20 uypa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This phrase opens a direct quote which continues until the end of [verse 23](../08/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. However, you may also consider making the opening portion an indirect quote so that you do not have a quote inside of a quote for the next verses. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
8:20 eqd2 כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This is a standard formula used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
8:20 a7l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks שַׁלַּ֥ח 1 This phrase opens a second-level direct quote which continues until the end of [verse 23](../08/23.md), unless you made **thus says Yahweh** an indirect quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:20 fgl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֻֽ⁠נִי 1 This is the purpose of the people being let go. Alternate translation: “so they can serve me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
8:21 hitq הִנְ⁠נִי֩ 1 This is used to draw attention to important information that is next. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully”
8:21 hwcl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-collectivenouns הֶ⁠עָרֹ֑ב & הֶ֣⁠עָרֹ֔ב 1 This is a collective singular noun that refers to a great number of swarming, biting insects. Alternate translation: “swarms of flies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-collectivenouns]])
8:21 tg9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הֶ⁠עָרֹ֑ב & הֶ֣⁠עָרֹ֔ב 1 These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:21 foli rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism בְּ⁠ךָ֜ וּ⁠בַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֧י⁠ךָ וּֽ⁠בְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֛ וּ⁠בְ⁠בָתֶּ֖י⁠ךָ & בָּתֵּ֤י מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ & וְ⁠גַ֥ם הָ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה 1 This long list means, “everywhere in Egypt.” It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that the flies’ location is not limited to these specific places, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]
8:22 mv8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י הֱיֽוֹת־שָׁ֖ם עָרֹ֑ב 1 This is the result of Yahweh treating the land of Goshen differently. Alternate translation: “by keeping the swarm from there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
8:22 apum rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-collectivenouns עָרֹ֑ב 1 This is a collective singular noun that refers to a great number of swarming, biting insects. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md). Alternate translation: “swarms of flies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-collectivenouns]])
8:22 h5hp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown עָרֹ֑ב 1 These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:22 refq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֣עַן תֵּדַ֔ע כִּ֛י אֲנִ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠קֶ֥רֶב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 This is the goal of treating the Israelites differently. In some languages you may need to put this phrase the beginning of the verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
8:22 a28h אֲנִ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠קֶ֥רֶב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 Here, **am** could be connecting **I** and **Yahweh** or it could be connecting **I, Yahweh** and **in the middle of the land**. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am in the middle of the land”
8:23 hfsp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns פְדֻ֔ת 1 This is a noun derived from a verb meaning “to buy back.” Very broadly it can mean “to save or rescue.” See the next note regarding textual variants for more information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
8:23 tf4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants פְדֻ֔ת 1 Many translations follow the Septuagint here, which uses the word “division.” A minor change to the Hebrew would also produce the word translated “treat differently” in the [previous verse](../08/22.md). Alternate translation: “a division” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
8:23 u4gs עַמִּ֖⁠י 1 Yahweh’s people, that is, the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the Israelites”
8:23 rg2c עַמֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 Pharaoh’s people, that is, the Egyptians. Alternate translation: “the Egyptians”
8:23 nc85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לְ⁠מָחָ֥ר יִהְיֶ֖ה הָ⁠אֹ֥ת הַ⁠זֶּֽה׃ 1 After this phrase, the three levels of direct quotations of Yahweh that started in [8:20](../08/20.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing first-level, second-level, and third-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations. You may not have three levels if you made any level an indirect quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:24 gw3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ יְהוָה֙ כֵּ֔ן 1 The UST supplies a brief sentence filling in the gap between Yahweh’s command to Moses and the onset of the plague. Some languages will need something like that to make the progression of events clear. Alternate translation: “Moses obeyed the instructions Yahweh gave him and Pharaoh responded as Yahweh had said he would. And Yahweh did so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:24 lk5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ יְהוָה֙ כֵּ֔ן 1 There is a minor scene change here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
8:24 ut0f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown עָרֹ֣ב 1 There are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:24 dg0k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-go וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙ 1 Some languages may need to translate this as going rather than coming. Alternate translation: “and … went” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
8:24 n7aq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism בֵּ֥יתָ⁠ה פַרְעֹ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֣ית עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו 1 This means “to everyone everywhere” (in Egypt) as made explicit in the next statement. This makes clear that the insects were throughout the land. You should translate this in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
8:24 nd6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תִּשָּׁחֵ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ מִ⁠פְּנֵ֥י הֶ⁠עָרֹֽב 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “The swarms of flies devastated the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:24 ngue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֥י הֶ⁠עָרֹֽב 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of the insects. Alternate translation: “because the insects were everywhere” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:25 e7l0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א 1 This happened during the plague. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
8:25 ciy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לְכ֛וּ זִבְח֥וּ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:25 gj2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual לֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Here, **your** is plural. it could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) if your team decides it means Moses and Aaron, otherwise use a plural form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
8:26 tvnj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [8:27](../08/27.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:26 nx8p תּוֹעֲבַ֣ת מִצְרַ֔יִם & תּוֹעֲבַ֥ת מִצְרַ֛יִם 1 We do not know what about their sacrificing was an **abomination** to the Egyptians. The same term is used in Genesis 43:32 and 46:34 to describe the Egyptians’ feelings about eating with Hebrews and about the Hebrew profession of shepherding, respectively. Translators should attempt to convey the strong negative feelings that would be provoked in the Egyptians without speculating as to the cause.
8:26 d3cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive נִזְבַּ֖ח & אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ & נִזְבַּ֞ח & יִסְקְלֻֽ⁠נוּ 1 Here, **we, our,** and **us** should all be translated as exclusive (if your language makes that distinction). Pharaoh and the Egyptians are not included. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
8:26 i7dy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִסְקְלֻֽ⁠נוּ 1 Moses asks this question to show Pharaoh that the Egyptians would not allow the Israelites to worship Yahweh by making a sacrifice repugnant to them. Alternate translation: “they will certainly stone us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
8:26 gy7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 This is a figurative way of saying “where they can see.” Alternate translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:27 ju3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive נֵלֵ֖ךְ & וְ⁠זָבַ֨חְנוּ֙ & אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ & אֵלֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Here, **we, our,** and **us** should all be translated as exclusive (if your language makes that distinction). Pharaoh and his people are not included. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
8:27 clc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֵלֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses’ argument to Pharaoh ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:28 p3pd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אָנֹכִ֞י אֲשַׁלַּ֤ח אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ וּ⁠זְבַחְתֶּ֞ם לַ⁠יהוָ֤ה אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶם֙ בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר רַ֛ק הַרְחֵ֥ק לֹא־תַרְחִ֖יקוּ לָ⁠לֶ֑כֶת הַעְתִּ֖ירוּ בַּעֲדִֽ⁠י 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:28 qxes rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ & אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶם֙ & תַרְחִ֖יקוּ 1 If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
8:28 mla2 אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ 1 “the Israelites”
8:28 hnud rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הַרְחֵ֥ק & תַרְחִ֖יקוּ 1 In Hebrew, **far** is repeated to emphasize (with **not**) that they are absolutely not to go too far. If your language does not use repeating words like this, express the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
8:29 kgkx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks הִנֵּ֨ה אָנֹכִ֜י יוֹצֵ֤א מֵֽ⁠עִמָּ⁠ךְ֙ וְ⁠הַעְתַּרְתִּ֣י אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠סָ֣ר הֶ⁠עָרֹ֗ב מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֛ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֥י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֖⁠וֹ מָחָ֑ר רַ֗ק אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל לְ⁠בִלְתִּי֙ שַׁלַּ֣ח אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם לִ⁠זְבֹּ֖חַ לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:29 chwq הִנֵּ֨ה 1 This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation. Alternate translation: “Know this”
8:29 jirm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הֶ⁠עָרֹ֗ב 1 These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:29 yvcl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֛ה & פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 Moses may be using the third person to refer to Pharaoh to show respect because the king appears to be relenting. If use of the third person is not a way of showing respect in your culture or is not a valid way of addressing an individual at all you may need to change the form. Alternate translation: “from you... you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
8:29 la3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֛ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֥י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֖⁠וֹ 1 This list means “from everywhere and everyone” (in Egypt). This shows that the end of the plague will be as complete as its extent. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
8:29 bf85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל לְ⁠בִלְתִּי֙ שַׁלַּ֣ח אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you must begin to deal truthfully with us and let our people go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
8:29 hh4q רַ֗ק אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל 1 “But you must not deceive us” or “But you must not lie to us”
8:30 d9le rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 There is a minor scene shift here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
8:31 rj50 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הֶ⁠עָרֹ֔ב 1 These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:31 tifs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֖ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֣י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 This list means “from everyone and everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that there was a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
8:31 mb4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole לֹ֥א נִשְׁאַ֖ר אֶחָֽד 1 This extreme statement emphasizes how thoroughly Yahweh removed the insects from the land. Alternate translation: “There was not a single one of these insects left in the whole land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
8:32 sb5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֤ד פַּרְעֹה֙ אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own heart heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:intro hqw8 0 # Exodus 09 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Pharaoh’s hard heart\n\nPharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Let my people go\n\nThis is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.
9:1 se3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the beginning of the fifth plague sequence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
9:1 c8fo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins which continues to the end of [9:4](../09/04.md) and contains two more levels of quotes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
9:1 zhcz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 After this phrase a second-level direct quote begins which continues to the end of [9:4](../09/04.md) and contains one more level of quotes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
9:1 fo4o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠דִבַּרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים 1 You may want to translate the quote beginning with **Thus** as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “and say to him that Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
9:1 w0lg כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This is a standard formula used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
9:1 x4bd עַמִּ֖⁠י 1 “the Israelites”
9:2 l7ld rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism כִּ֛י אִם־מָאֵ֥ן אַתָּ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁלֵּ֑חַ וְ⁠עוֹדְ⁠ךָ֖ מַחֲזִ֥יק בָּֽ⁠ם 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “if you continue refusing to let them go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
9:3 fltr הִנֵּ֨ה 1 This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “look out”
9:3 ume2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יַד־יְהוָ֜ה הוֹיָ֗ה בְּ⁠מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 Here, **hand** represents Yahweh’s power to afflict their animals with disease. Alternate translation: “then the power of Yahweh will afflict your livestock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:3 cjt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person יַד־יְהוָ֜ה 1 This is part of the reported speech that Yahweh wants Moses to say to Pharaoh. Therefore you could change the third person **the hand of Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “my hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
9:3 tn3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual בְּ⁠מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 While the word **your** here is not plural, the next verse shows that it refers to all the people of Egypt who owned cattle. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, you may want to use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
9:3 v8ur rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism בַּ⁠סּוּסִ֤ים בַּֽ⁠חֲמֹרִים֙ בַּ⁠גְּמַלִּ֔ים בַּ⁠בָּקָ֖ר וּ⁠בַ⁠צֹּ֑אן 1 This long list is meant to reinforce the universal effects of the coming plague. It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that it is not limiting, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]
9:3 tkqc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns בַּ⁠בָּקָ֖ר & וּ⁠בַ⁠צֹּ֑אן 1 These singular nouns (**cattle** and **flock**) refer to groups of animals. Alternate translation: “on your bulls and cows and on your sheep and goats” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
9:3 cud8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כָּבֵ֥ד 1 Here, the plague is spoken of as if it weighed a lot. This means it would be very bad. Alternate translation: “severe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:4 x12r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person יְהוָ֔ה 1 This is part of the reported speech that Yahweh wants Moses to say to Pharaoh. Therefore you could change the third person **Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. You should do the same as you did in the [previous verse](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “I” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
9:4 c9ob rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מִקְנֵ֣ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל & מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 This means the livestock owned by the two groups. Alternate translation: “the livestock that the Israelites own … the livestock that the Egyptians own” or “the livestock belonging to the Israelites... the livestock belonging to the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
9:4 lp3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here, **Israel** refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:4 u60c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
9:4 fs25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptians. Alternate translation: “the Egyptian people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:4 t310 דָּבָֽר 1 “animal”
9:4 xk5d מִ⁠כָּל־לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 “which belongs to any of the sons of Israel”
9:4 cbsz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וְ⁠לֹ֥א יָמ֛וּת מִ⁠כָּל־לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל דָּבָֽר 1 After this phrase, the three levels of direct quotes of Yahweh ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of levels of quotations. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
9:5 vqz2 וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם יְהוָ֖ה מוֹעֵ֣ד 1 “And Yahweh made an appointed time”
9:5 sjof לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 This marks the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted in translation if your language does not use a similar form. However, in this sentence it is the only speech verb so you may need to translate it similar to the UST.
9:5 dh4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מָחָ֗ר יַעֲשֶׂ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
9:5 pxb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person יְהוָ֛ה 1 Yahweh is speaking here. Therefore you could change the third person **Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
9:6 aztr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּ֨עַשׂ יְהוָ֜ה 1 It is implied that Moses went and spoke to Pharaoh as directed. You may need to may that explicit in your translation in some languages. Alternate translation: “Moses did as Yahweh had commanded. And Yahweh did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:6 cx5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כֹּ֖ל מִקְנֵ֣ה 1 This is exaggerated to emphasize the seriousness of the event. There were still some animals alive that were afflicted by later plagues. However, it may be best to translate this with the word “all.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
9:6 iccg מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם & וּ⁠מִ⁠מִּקְנֵ֥ה בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 This means the livestock owned by the two groups. Alternate translation: “the livestock that the Egyptians own … But from the livestock that the Israelites own” or “the livestock belonging to the Egyptians... But form the livestock belonging to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
9:6 gy7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptians. Alternate translation: “the Egyptian peoples’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:6 gewa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. The phrase speaks of all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelite peoples’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:6 i0bl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes וּ⁠מִ⁠מִּקְנֵ֥ה בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֹא־מֵ֥ת אֶחָֽד 1 This emphatic negative statement could be stated positively. Alternate translation: “But every single one of the Israelites’ livestock lived” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
9:7 md84 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֗ה 1 **Behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “and listen”
9:7 rtny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes לֹא־מֵ֛ת מִ⁠מִּקְנֵ֥ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עַד־אֶחָ֑ד 1 This emphatic negative statement could be stated positively. Alternate translation: “every single one of the Israelites’ livestock was alive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
9:7 kkuc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Here, **Israel** refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:7 sfor rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 **Israel** is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
9:7 j51j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּכְבַּד֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart was heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “But Pharaoh was defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:8 brm6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮ 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the start of the sixth plague scene.(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
9:8 ik2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹן֒ 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
9:8 luhg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual לָ⁠כֶם֙ & חָפְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 **You** and **your** refer to both Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use dual form (if you have one) or plural forms (if not) here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
9:8 f1op קְח֤וּ לָ⁠כֶם֙ מְלֹ֣א חָפְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “Each of you fill both your hands with”
9:8 u5wn פִּ֖יחַ כִּבְשָׁ֑ן 1 “ash from a furnace” or “ash produced by a furnace”
9:8 gk7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns פִּ֖יחַ 1 Here, **ash** is singular. For some languages you may need to make it plural as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
9:8 gu1v הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יְמָ⁠ה 1 “toward the sky”
9:8 p795 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה 1 This means in his sight. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh” or “so Pharaoh sees it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:9 d2v3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown לִ⁠שְׁחִ֥ין פֹּרֵ֛חַ אֲבַעְבֻּעֹ֖ת 1 This is a disease where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss comes out. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:9 jlh0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations הָ⁠אָדָ֜ם 1 This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “people” or “mankind” or “humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
9:9 eyc7 הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֗ה 1 “wild and domestic animals” or “wild animals and livestock”
9:10 wdcn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns פִּ֣יחַ 1 Here, **ash** is singular. For some languages you may need to make it plural as in the UST. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
9:10 dp3l פִּ֣יחַ הַ⁠כִּבְשָׁ֗ן 1 “ash from a furnace” or “ash produced by a furnace” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md).
9:10 ufpn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יַּֽעַמְדוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 Here, **before the face of** means in Pharaoh’s presence. Alternate translation: “and stood in Pharaoh’s presence” See how you translated a similar statement in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:10 xmbw הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יְמָ⁠ה 1 “toward the sky” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md).
9:10 jhzb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown שְׁחִין֙ אֲבַעְבֻּעֹ֔ת פֹּרֵ֕חַ 1 This is a disease where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss comes out. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:10 sq2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם 1 This includes women and children. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
9:10 iftm וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָֽה 1 “wild and domestic animals” or “wild animals and livestock” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md).
9:11 jrc3 הַֽ⁠חַרְטֻמִּ֗ים & בַּֽ⁠חֲרְטֻמִּ֖ם 1 See how you translated this in [7:11](../07/11.md).
9:11 dxsx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לַ⁠עֲמֹ֛ד לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 Here, **before the face of** means in Moses’ presence. Alternate translation: “to stand in Moses’ presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:11 k9uu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֑ין 1 Here, **the face of** means the existence of or perhaps pain from the boils. Alternate translation: “because of the boils” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:11 lpmq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֑ין & הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֔ין 1 This is a disease where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss comes out. See how you translated this in [9:9](../09/09.md). However, this time only the single word for the disease is used, without the description that is in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:12 p5m5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart was strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:13 ifs8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the beginning of the seventh plague sequence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
9:13 zsvl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins which continues until the end of [9:19](../09/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
9:13 zmrt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠הִתְיַצֵּ֖ב לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 Here, **before the face of** means in Pharaoh’s presence. Alternate translation: “and stand in Pharaoh’s presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:13 f6cj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים 1 After **and say to him**, a second-level quote begins which continues until the end of [9:19](../09/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. However, it may be useful to translate this short quote frame as an indirect quotation as the UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
9:13 nha6 כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This is a standard formula used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
9:13 ly7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks שַׁלַּ֥ח 1 **Let** is the first word of a third-level direct quote which continues until the end of [9:19](../09/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a third-level quotation. If you chose to make the second level an indirect quote, this may only be a second-level quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
9:14 z68b rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 Here, **For** means something like “I am warning you that unless you do this.” Alternate translation: “Otherwise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
9:14 n6wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אֲנִ֨י שֹׁלֵ֜חַ אֶת־כָּל־מַגֵּפֹתַ⁠י֙ אֶֽל־לִבְּ⁠ךָ֔ 1 Here, **to your heart** is a synecdoche that means that even Pharaoh will be hurt by the plagues. Alternate translation: “I am about to send all my plagues against you personally” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
9:15 nm72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary כִּ֤י עַתָּה֙ שָׁלַ֣חְתִּי אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠אֶֽת־עַמְּ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠דָּ֑בֶר וַ⁠תִּכָּחֵ֖ד מִן־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 This verse presents two things that God could have done, but has not. This is to set up the reason in the [next verse](../09/16.md). Be sure that it is clear in your translation that these are hypothetical past events and connect it to the goal in the next verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
9:15 a3l8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שָׁלַ֣חְתִּי אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛ 1 Here, **my hand** refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “I could have used my power to attack you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:15 hgfx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠אֶֽת־עַמְּ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠דָּ֑בֶר 1 Here, **a plague** is spoken about as if it were something that could be used to hit someone. Alternate translation: “and cause you and your people to suffer from a plague” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:16 smjz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠אוּלָ֗ם בַּ⁠עֲב֥וּר זֹאת֙ הֶעֱמַדְתִּ֔י⁠ךָ בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר הַרְאֹתְ⁠ךָ֣ אֶת־כֹּחִ֑⁠י וּ⁠לְמַ֛עַן סַפֵּ֥ר שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ׃ 1 The statements from **to show** to the end of the verse are the goals of Yahweh’s not yet destroying Egypt and Pharaoh. You will need to translate, **However, for this reason I let you stand: in order** in a way that connects with the [previous verse](../09/15.md) in an action-goal manner. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
9:16 nec7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠לְמַ֛עַן סַפֵּ֥ר שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 Here, **my name** represents Yahweh’s reputation. Alternate translation: “and so that people everywhere will know who I am” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:17 h3ed rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עוֹדְ⁠ךָ֖ מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל בְּ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י 1 Pharaoh’s opposition to letting the Israelites go to worship Yahweh is spoken of as if he was raising himself up as a barrier to them. Alternate translation: “You still block my people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:17 sdav rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל 1 Here, Pharaoh fills two different roles in the sentence. Different languages have different methods of marking this. Translate this in a way that it is clear that Pharaoh is making himself either proud or the obstacle in the Israelites’ way to freedom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
9:17 r1wv מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל 1 Here, **you** is Pharaoh.
9:17 zfhb בְּ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י 1 Here, **my people** are the Israelites.
9:18 fnd2 הִנְ⁠נִ֤י 1 “Pay attention to the important thing I am about to tell you”
9:18 s16v כָּ⁠עֵ֣ת & אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹא־הָיָ֤ה כָמֹ֨⁠הוּ֙ 1 “at this time. There has never been anything like this”
9:19 fh0u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שְׁלַ֤ח הָעֵז֙ אֶֽת־מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠אֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר לְ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה 1 The form of address here is singular, Moses is speaking directly to Pharaoh. However, the next two verses make it clear that Pharaoh’s servants heard and understood this warning to be for them as well. In this sense Pharaoh represents the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:19 eo52 וְ⁠יָרַ֧ד עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ם הַ⁠בָּרָ֖ד 1 “because the hail will come down on”
9:19 d329 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations כָּל־הָ⁠אָדָ֨ם 1 Here, **man** means humans and includes men, women, and children. Alternate translation: “everyone” or “anyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
9:19 itlv וְ⁠הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֜ה 1 This includes domestic and wild animals.
9:19 f80e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וָ⁠מֵֽתוּ 1 The people and animals **will die** because they are hurt fatally by the hail. You may need to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “and the hail will kill them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:19 fz5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וָ⁠מֵֽתוּ 1 Up to three levels of direct quotation (depending on your earlier decision about converting a level to an indirect quotation) end at the end of this verse. You should indicate that ending here with closing first-level, second-level, and third-level (if required) quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
9:20 dp8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠יָּרֵא֙ 1 As in some other occasions, Moses’ conversation with Pharaoh is not recorded. You may need to make the fact that he did as Yahweh instructed explicit. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:20 p3nz הַ⁠יָּרֵא֙ אֶת־דְּבַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה מֵֽ⁠עַבְדֵ֖י פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 “Those of Pharaoh’s servants who feared Yahweh’s warning”
9:21 ggcx וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־שָׂ֛ם לִבּ֖⁠וֹ 1 Here, **set his heart** means to believe or think something is true. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternate translation: “but whoever did not think (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:22 vtfl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה 1 A minor scene shift occurs here and may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
9:22 zwvk יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
9:22 h9cr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations הָ⁠אָדָ֣ם 1 This includes women and children. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
9:22 r0g4 הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֗ה 1 This includes domestic and wild animals.
9:23 s538 מַטֵּ⁠הוּ֮ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
9:25 vnpj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism מֵ⁠אָדָ֖ם וְ⁠עַד־בְּהֵמָ֑ה 1 This is a figure of speech used to emphasize the extant and severity of the hail. Alternate translation: “every living thing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
9:25 ft0o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations מֵ⁠אָדָ֖ם 1 This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “from people” or “from mankind” or “from humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
9:25 apbl בְּהֵמָ֑ה 1 This includes domestic and wild animals.
9:27 fu9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֣ח פַּרְעֹ֗ה 1 A minor scene shift occurs here and may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
9:27 sh1x חָטָ֣אתִי 1 Some commentators suggest translating this term more literally, that is “to miss the mark,” because Pharaoh is probably not admitting a moral failure. He is admitting that he misjudged.
9:27 joxy הַ⁠צַּדִּ֔יק & הָ⁠רְשָׁעִֽים 1 Many commentators suggest that Pharaoh is using these terms in a narrow, legal sense and only referring to this instance. That is, he is saying something like “I’ve lost this round in court.” See UST.
9:27 gp2i וְ⁠עַמִּ֖⁠י 1 This refers to the Egyptians.
9:28 r0cs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes וְ⁠לֹ֥א תֹסִפ֖וּ⁠ן לַ⁠עֲמֹֽד 1 This negative statement strengthens the force of Pharaoh’s statement that he will let the people go. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
9:29 ajz3 וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 “And Moses said to Pharaoh”
9:29 b787 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction אֶפְרֹ֥שׂ אֶת־כַּפַּ֖⁠י אֶל־יְהוָ֑ה 1 This symbolic gesture accompanies prayer. Alternate translation: “I will pray to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
9:30 tn94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה וַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 This phrase is shifted to the front of the sentence to mark focus on Pharaoh and his servants because, despite Yahweh demonstrating his power, they are not yet afraid of him. If your language has a form or discourse feature that draws contrastive focus to participants, use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
9:30 srx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה 1 Here, **face** means presence or power. Alternate translation: “of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:31 p1v8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠פִּשְׁתָּ֥ה & וְ⁠הַ⁠פִּשְׁתָּ֖ה 1 **Flax** is a plant that produces fibers that can be made into linen cloth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:31 lzar rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אָבִ֔יב 1 This means the seeds at the top of the stalk were developing but still green. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:31 nxjc גִּבְעֹֽל 1 “was flowering”
9:32 jmq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠כֻּסֶּ֖מֶת 1 This is a kind of wheat. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:33 fa2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּפְרֹ֥שׂ כַּפָּ֖י⁠ו אֶל־יְהוָ֑ה 1 This symbolic gesture accompanies prayer. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 9:29](../09/29.md). Alternate translation: “lifted up his hands toward Yahweh and prayed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
9:34 ke5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֥ד לִבּ֖⁠וֹ 1 Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own heart heavy. This time his servants do the same. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:34 nz0e וַ⁠יֹּ֣סֶף לַ⁠חֲטֹ֑א 1 This statement is from the author’s perspective. Therefore, unlike in [9:27](../09/27.md), **sin** should be translated with the word your language uses for “sin.”
9:34 ooed וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֥ד לִבּ֖⁠וֹ ה֥וּא וַ⁠עֲבָדָֽי⁠ו 1 “and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did also” or “and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did the same”
9:35 yxt8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠יֶּחֱזַק֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart was strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:35 gcbh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 This is similar to [9:12](../09/12.md). In this case, what Yahweh said is figuratively spoken of as if it was something that could be held in someone’s hand. This means that Moses delivered a message from Yahweh that Pharaoh would be stubborn. It is not clear if this message was given to the Israelites or if this refers to Moses’ statement to Pharaoh in [9:30](../09/30.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:intro s5g1 0 # Exodus 10 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Pharaoh’s hard heart\n\nPharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Let my people go\n\nThis is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.
10:1 w4pw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כִּֽי־אֲנִ֞י הִכְבַּ֤דְתִּי אֶת־לִבּ⁠וֹ֙ וְ⁠אֶת־לֵ֣ב עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו 1 This means God made Pharaoh and his servants stubborn. Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their hearts were heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md), but note that the metaphor is slightly different here. Alternate translation: “for I have caused Pharaoh and his servants to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:2 zg4c הִתְעַלַּ֨לְתִּי֙ בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “I mocked Egypt”
10:3 t614 וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins which continues until near the end of [10:6](../10/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
10:3 db3a וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים 1 It may be helpful to turn the introductory quotation into an indirect quotation so you do not have to use quotes within quotes. Alternate translation: “and told him that Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews, said thus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
10:3 vze4 כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This is a standard formula used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
10:3 cicf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַד־מָתַ֣י מֵאַ֔נְתָּ לֵ⁠עָנֹ֖ת מִ⁠פָּנָ֑⁠י 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Particularly it means the presence of his judgement (the plagues). Alternate translation: “Until when will you refuse to be humble when I judge you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:4 ge67 הִנְ⁠נִ֨י 1 This word adds emphasis to what is said next. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
10:4 uwtp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns אַרְבֶּ֖ה 1 **Locust** is a singular noun referring to the group as one. Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
10:5 zu5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠כִסָּה֙ אֶת־עֵ֣ין הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ וְ⁠לֹ֥א יוּכַ֖ל לִ⁠רְאֹ֣ת אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 These parallel statements have a similar meaning. They are used to emphasize the great number of locusts that are coming. In some languages this will not have the same rhetorical effect and you will need to use another device to emphasize the statement. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
10:5 rdav וְ⁠כִסָּה֙ אֶת־עֵ֣ין הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “And it will cover the land from sight”
10:5 oj3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns וְ⁠כִסָּה֙ & וְ⁠אָכַ֣ל & וְ⁠אָכַל֙ 1 Here, the pronoun **it** agrees in number with the collective singular “locust” in the previous verse. Insects are often referred to without gender in English, but you will need to use whatever number, gender, and/or noun class is required in your language to agree with the word you used in the [previous verse](../10/04.md) for “locust.” See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
10:6 ir5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole עַל־הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה 1 This could either mean **on the earth** (planet) or “on the land” (Egypt). Either way, it is meant to emphasize an extremely long time, meaning never. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
10:6 dmno rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּ֥פֶן 1 [Verse 3](../10/03.md) says that Aaron came in to see the king with Moses. It is implied that he left with him as well. You may make this explicit if it would help your readers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:7 xn8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion עַד־מָתַי֙ יִהְיֶ֨ה זֶ֥ה לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ לְ⁠מוֹקֵ֔שׁ 1 Pharaoh’s servants ask this question to show Pharaoh that he is stubbornly causing the destruction of Egypt. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “We cannot allow this man to continue to bring trouble to us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
10:7 jqbh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations הָ֣⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים 1 Here, **men** may be literal or it may refer to the Israelites, including the women and children. In [verse 10](../10/10.md) the king rejects the idea of letting the women and children go and in [verse 11](../10/11.md) he specifically says that the men can go. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
10:7 xdm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠טֶ֣רֶם תֵּדַ֔ע כִּ֥י אָבְדָ֖ה מִצְרָֽיִם 1 Pharaoh’s servants ask this question to bring Pharaoh to recognize what he refuses to see. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should realize that Egypt is destroyed!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
10:7 c6pr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כִּ֥י אָבְדָ֖ה מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that these plagues have destroyed Egypt” or “that their God has destroyed Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:8 hukg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יּוּשַׁ֞ב אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֤ה וְ⁠אֶֽת־אַהֲרֹן֙ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And a servant brought Moses and Aaron back to Pharaoh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:8 g733 מִ֥י וָ⁠מִ֖י 1 “Who all”
10:9 fnnl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive נֵלֵ֑ךְ & נֵלֵ֔ךְ 1 **We** means the Israelites and does not include Pharaoh or the Egyptians. Use an exclusive form here if your language has this distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
10:10 hjc9 יְהִ֨י כֵ֤ן יְהוָה֙ עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר אֲשַׁלַּ֥ח אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠אֶֽת־טַפְּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 **May Yahweh be with you** is usually a blessing, but is almost certainly not here. It likely means something like “It will take Yahweh’s power to make me let you and your children go,” or “May Yahweh be as favorable to you as I am to the idea of letting your children go.” Pharaoh is saying that it will take Yahweh to make him do what Moses wants, but he does not think that will happen. Alternate translation: “It will be clear that Yahweh is with you if I let you and your children go”
10:10 w8x4 רְא֕וּ כִּ֥י רָעָ֖ה נֶ֥גֶד פְּנֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 The phrase **for evil is before you faces** could either be a warning from Pharaoh that Moses’ actions will lead to evil for the Israelites or it could mean that Pharaoh thinks the Israelites plan something that he considers evil. **Faces** is a metonym for the whole person. Alternate translations: “I see that you plan evil” or “Be careful, your actions will have bad consequences” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:11 pkm4 הַ⁠גְּבָרִים֙ 1 This interjection clarifies who may go. Alternate translation: “the leaders”
10:11 vdjk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מֵ⁠אֵ֖ת פְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Pharaoh. Alternate translation: “from his presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:12 kchn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה 1 There is a minor scene change here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
10:12 sfa6 יָדְ⁠ךָ֜ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
10:12 qikq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns בָּֽ⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה 1 **Locust** is a singular noun referring to the group as one. See how you translated this in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
10:12 gzwa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns וְ⁠יַ֖עַל & וְ⁠יֹאכַל֙ 1 Here, the pronoun **it** agrees in number with the collective singular “locust.” See how you translated this in [10:5](../10/05.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
10:13 xqsz מַטֵּ⁠הוּ֮ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
10:13 vee8 ר֥וּחַ קָדִים֙ 1 The wind blew from east to west.
10:13 h5bf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns הָ⁠אַרְבֶּֽה 1 See how you translated this in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
10:14 kuuu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns הָֽ⁠אַרְבֶּ֗ה & אַרְבֶּה֙ 1 See how you translated this in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
10:15 b3h5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns וַ⁠יְכַ֞ס & וַ⁠יֹּ֜אכַל 1 Here, the pronoun **it** agrees in number with the collective singular “locust.” See how you translated this in [10:5](../10/05.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
10:15 teo5 וַ⁠יְכַ֞ס אֶת־עֵ֣ין כָּל־הָ⁠אָרֶץ֮ 1 See how you translated this in [10:5](../10/05.md).
10:15 ill1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַ⁠יֹּ֜אכַל אֶת־כָּל־עֵ֣שֶׂב הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־פְּרִ֣י הָ⁠עֵ֔ץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוֹתִ֖יר הַ⁠בָּרָ֑ד וְ⁠לֹא־נוֹתַ֨ר כָּל־יֶ֧רֶק בָּ⁠עֵ֛ץ וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵ֥שֶׂב הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 These parallel statements reinforce one another. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
10:16 ty9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 Here, **you** and **your** are plural. These could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
10:17 n53e שָׂ֣א 1 “take away”
10:17 ttog אַ֣ךְ הַ⁠פַּ֔עַם & רַ֖ק 1 Pharaoh could either be desperate and using **just this once... only** to attempt to make his request as small as possible to increase the chances of it being granted or he could be still too proud to admit guilt beyond this single incident (which is probably his bold statement about Yahweh being with the Israelites in [10:10](../10/10.md)). The former seems more likely given that he terms this plague “this death.” If your culture has a way making a request seem as small as possible, you may want to use it to translate Pharaoh’s request.
10:17 kd6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 Here, **your** is plural. This could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
10:17 doeg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַ⁠מָּ֥וֶת הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 The word **death** here refers to the destruction by the locusts of all plants in Egypt, which would eventually lead to the deaths of people because there were no crops. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:17 nn2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠מָּ֥וֶת הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 The word **death** here refers to the destruction by the locusts of all plants in Egypt, which would eventually lead to the deaths of people because there were no crops. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “stop this destruction that will lead to our deaths” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:18 p9hz וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֖א 1 Moses and Aaron were summoned to the king in [10:!6](../10/16.md) so some translations will need to say that they both left.
10:19 xhsv רֽוּחַ־יָם֙ חָזָ֣ק מְאֹ֔ד 1 “a very strong west wind” or “a very strong wind from the west”
10:19 mdp5 וַ⁠יִּשָּׂא֙ 1 “moved the locusts upwards”
10:19 tcpb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns הָ֣⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה & אַרְבֶּ֣ה 1 See how you translated this in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
10:19 q8aj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns וַ⁠יִּתְקָעֵ֖⁠הוּ 1 Here, the first **it** refers to the wind, the second agrees in number with the collective singular “locust.” See how you translated this in [10:5](../10/05.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]
10:20 dw1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֥ק יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart was strong. If heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:21 x6xk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the start of the third plague sequence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
10:21 utyz יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
10:21 m38s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠יָמֵ֖שׁ חֹֽשֶׁךְ 1 Yahweh speaks of extreme darkness as if it is so thick that people can grasp it in their hands. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “dense darkness that people can grasp with their hands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:22 z4ge יָד֖⁠וֹ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
10:22 vbzj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת 1 3 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
10:23 tcqx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֹֽא־רָא֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶת־אָחִ֗י⁠ו 1 This phrase means that people could not see the people who lived closest to them, whether or not that person was literally their brother. Alternate translation: “No one could see the people who lived with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:23 sud1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אִ֣ישׁ & אִ֥ישׁ 1 Here, **man** refers to any human in general. Alternate translation: “person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
10:23 qstu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת 1 3 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
10:24 djkp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לְכוּ֙ עִבְד֣וּ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה רַ֛ק צֹאנְ⁠כֶ֥ם וּ⁠בְקַרְ⁠כֶ֖ם יֻצָּ֑ג גַּֽם־טַפְּ⁠כֶ֖ם יֵלֵ֥ךְ עִמָּ⁠כֶֽם 1 This is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
10:24 vp7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual לְכוּ֙ עִבְד֣וּ & צֹאנְ⁠כֶ֥ם וּ⁠בְקַרְ⁠כֶ֖ם & טַפְּ⁠כֶ֖ם & עִמָּ⁠כֶֽם 1 Every instance of **you** and **your**, as well as the imperative verb forms in this verse, are plural. They refer to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
10:25 hnt5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins which continues until the end of [10:26](10:26). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
10:25 rsr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy גַּם־אַתָּ֛ה תִּתֵּ֥ן בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ זְבָחִ֣ים וְ⁠עֹל֑וֹת 1 The construction here is difficult. Based on context Moses is probably not saying that Pharaoh needs to provide his own animals to the Israelites He is asking Pharaoh to let the Israelites take their own animals. **Give in our hands** means to take with them, by whatever means, which may include holding a rope in the hand to lead the animals or any other means of herding the animals. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:25 cj78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy זְבָחִ֣ים וְ⁠עֹל֑וֹת 1 Here, **sacrifices and burnt offerings** refers to the animals of their flocks and herds that they must take. Alternate translation: “animals for sacrifices and burnt offerings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:25 bjy0 וְ⁠עָשִׂ֖ינוּ לַ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Here, **do** means “do the sacrifices and burnt offerings.” Alternate translation: “and we will make those sacrifices and burnt offerings to Yahweh our God”
10:25 sgzr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ & וְ⁠עָשִׂ֖ינוּ & אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Here, **we** and **us** refers to the Israelites (same group as the speaker’s) while excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians (listeners’ group). If your language distinguishes between forms of we and us based on who is included be sure to use the one appropriate to the described group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
10:26 k0pi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive מִקְנֵ֜⁠נוּ & עִמָּ֗⁠נוּ & נִקַּ֔ח & אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ וַ⁠אֲנַ֣חְנוּ & נֵדַ֗ע & נַּעֲבֹד֙ & בֹּאֵ֖⁠נוּ 1 Here, **we, our,** and **us** refers to the Israelites (same group as the speaker’s) while excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians (listeners’ group). If your language distinguishes between forms of we, our, and us based on who is included be sure to use the one appropriate to the described group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
10:26 ys4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לֹ֤א תִשָּׁאֵר֙ פַּרְסָ֔ה 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “we cannot leave behind a single animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:26 v9uc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche פַּרְסָ֔ה 1 Here the word **hoof** refers to the entire animal. Alternate translation: “a single animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
10:26 uiom שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה 1 The destination is unspecified. Previous context suggests it would be at the mountain of God (see [3:1](../03/01.md), especially [3:12](../03/12.md), and [4:27](../04/27.md)) which would take three days to travel to (see [3:18](../03/18.md) and [5:3](../05/03.md)).
10:27 n588 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֥ק יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart was strong. If heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:27 mv8t וְ⁠לֹ֥א אָבָ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁלְּחָֽ⁠ם 1 “and Pharaoh would not consent to let them go”
10:28 dd1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns הִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְ⁠ךָ֗ 1 Here, the listener, Moses, fills two different roles in the sentence. Different languages have different methods of marking this. Alternate translation: “You watch yourself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
10:28 lcz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תָּמֽוּת 1 Pharaoh means he will have Moses killed. You may choose to make this explicit as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:28 te45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche פָּנַ֔⁠י & פָנַ֖⁠י 1 Here, **face** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
10:29 h1jf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כֵּ֣ן דִּבַּ֑רְתָּ 1 With these words, Moses emphasizes that Pharaoh has spoken the truth. Alternate translation: “What you have said is true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:29 rg18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 Here, **face** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
11:intro pu3u 0 # Exodus 11 General Notes\n\n\nChapter 11 is a transition point in the book. The previous nine plagues (in their three sequences of three) have come to an end and the last plague, the death of the firstborn, is about to occur along with the Passover and Exodus itself. It is difficult to know if the events in chapter 11 are all recorded in the order in which they happened. For translation, you should follow the text’s order if it will not confuse your readers.\n\nIt may be helpful to think that after the end of chapter 10, Yahweh immediately spoke to Moses, before he actually left Pharaoh’s presence (v. [1](../11/01.md)-[2](../11/02.md)). [Verse 3](../11/03.md) is a comment suggesting that the Egyptians will be willing to do as the Israelites are told to ask them to do in [v. 2](../11/02.md). In verses [4](../11/04.md)-[7](../11/07.md) Moses gives Pharaoh and his officials a message from Yahweh that Yahweh is giving to Moses right at that moment. At the end of [v. 8](../11/08.md) Moses leaves Pharaoh’s presence (completing the interaction from the [end of ch. 10](../10/28.md)). [Verse 9](../11/09.md) may either be Yahweh telling Moses what is going to happen, or it could be part of the summary that occurs in [v. 10](../11/10.md). Verse 10 summarizes what has happened in chs. 5-10 (especially the plagues in chs. 7-10) in preparation for the great last plague.\n\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Pharaoh’s hard heart\n\nPharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.\n\n### Let my people go\n\nIn the previous chapters, Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he demanded that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. In this chapter, the same wording is used to refer to Pharaoh “allowing” the Hebrew people to leave Egypt.
11:1 gqgc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins which continues until the end of [11:2](../11/02.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
11:1 fktt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential כְּ⁠שַׁ֨לְּח֔⁠וֹ & יְגָרֵ֥שׁ 1 These verbs (**lets go** and **drive away**) are meant to immediately follow one another. When you translate, make sure they are almost simultaneous in time, the letting go happens and then immediately the driving away happens. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
11:1 iocd כָּלָ֕ה גָּרֵ֛שׁ יְגָרֵ֥שׁ 1 The wording here is very forceful. Use strong words, forms, or phrasing when you are translating.
11:1 i87h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם & אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Each occurrence of the word **you** in this verse is plural and refers to Moses and the rest of the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
11:2 ts6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-aside דַּבֶּר־נָ֖א בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם וְ⁠יִשְׁאֲל֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ׀ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ וְ⁠אִשָּׁה֙ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רְעוּתָ֔⁠הּ כְּלֵי־כֶ֖סֶף וּ⁠כְלֵ֥י זָהָֽב 1 In this verse the author interjects a comment about the situation. Some translations choose to put the verse in parenthesis to indicate this. You may mark it in a way is natural to your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
11:2 t14c נָ֖א 1 Here, **now** conveys urgency, Moses should speak soon, without delaying for other things. If you have a way of giving a command that shows that it is important for someone to do it quickly, it would be better to translate in that way than in a way that means “now” in a time sense (versus earlier or later).
11:2 nlsk בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 “so the people hear you” or “when all the people are listening”
11:2 zw6r כְּלֵי־כֶ֖סֶף וּ⁠כְלֵ֥י זָהָֽב 1 These could be any sort of thing made from silver or gold (for instance: utensils, cups, pitchers, plates, candleholders), not just jewelry.
11:2 dl0a וְ⁠יִשְׁאֲל֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ׀ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ וְ⁠אִשָּׁה֙ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רְעוּתָ֔⁠הּ כְּלֵי־כֶ֖סֶף וּ⁠כְלֵ֥י זָהָֽב 1 [Exodus 3:22](../03/22.md) contains similar instructions, see how you translated there.
11:2 jyqa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks זָהָֽב 1 At the end of this verse, the direct quote of Yahweh that started in the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
11:3 hng9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom חֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 **In the eyes of the Egyptians** is an idiom for the Egyptian’s feelings or opinion. **Favor** means those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians see the Israelites leaving Egypt, they will gladly help them (because they want them to leave so badly due to the Egyptians suffering under God’s judgement). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. See how you translated this in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:3 aet2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י עַבְדֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הָ⁠עָֽם 1 **In the eyes of the servants … people** is an idiom for their feelings or opinions. If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:3 a2gp וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־חֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 [Exodus 3:21](../03/21.md) contains a related phrase, see how you translated there.
11:4 sewb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins which continues until the end of [11:8](../11/08.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
11:4 kpb5 כֹּ֖ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 This is a standard formula used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
11:4 vyvr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks כֹּ֖ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 After this phrase, a second-level direct quote begins which continues until the end of [11:7](../11/07.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
11:5 hv8k בְּכוֹר֮ & מִ⁠בְּכ֤וֹר & בְּכ֣וֹר & בְּכ֥וֹר 1 The “firstborn” always refers to the oldest male offspring.
11:5 k42h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism מִ⁠בְּכ֤וֹר פַּרְעֹה֙ הַ⁠יֹּשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַ⁠שִּׁפְחָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר אַחַ֣ר הָ⁠רֵחָ֑יִם וְ⁠כֹ֖ל בְּכ֥וֹר בְּהֵמָֽה 1 This is a merism. First, two extremes are mentioned: the highest of society (**Pharaoh, who sits on his throne**) and the lowest (**the slave girl who is behind the mill**). Then the animals (**beasts**) are added making it a three item list of parts of society and even economy to show the totality of the coming judgement. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
11:5 hr1x אֲשֶׁ֖ר אַחַ֣ר הָ⁠רֵחָ֑יִם 1 “who is grinding at the handmill” or “who is behind the handmill grinding grain”
11:6 hui7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism אֲשֶׁ֤ר כָּמֹ֨⁠הוּ֙ לֹ֣א נִהְיָ֔תָה וְ⁠כָמֹ֖⁠הוּ לֹ֥א תֹסִֽף 1 This is a merism that uses the extremes of past and future to emphasize the concept of “never.” Alternate translation: “such as has never been and never will be” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
11:7 b60a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹ֤א יֶֽחֱרַץ & לְשֹׁנ֔⁠וֹ 1 This means make an unfriendly noise. Alternate translation: “will not growl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:7 t61i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual תֵּֽדְע֔וּ⁠ן 1 Here, **you** is plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
11:7 fl78 אֲשֶׁר֙ יַפְלֶ֣ה יְהוָ֔ה בֵּ֥ין מִצְרַ֖יִם וּ⁠בֵ֥ין יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 9:4](../09/04.md).
11:7 wicm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 After this phrase, the second-level direct quote ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
11:8 nzor rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וְ⁠הִשְׁתַּֽחֲוּוּ־לִ֣⁠י 1 This does not mean to bow for worshipping. **They will bow to** Moses to beg him to leave. They will do this to show how desperate they will be for Moses and the Israelites to go. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
11:8 l678 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הִשְׁתַּֽחֲוּוּ־לִ֣⁠י 1 **They will bow to** Moses to beg him to leave. They will do this to show how desperate they will be for Moses and the Israelites to go. If this action would not mean the same thing in your culture, you may need to make the reason they are bowing explicit. Alternate translation: “and they will bow down to me to beg” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:8 db8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠עָ֣ם אֲשֶׁר־בְּ⁠רַגְלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Here, the people are figuratively pictured as below Moses as his followers. The reference to **feet** also can mean they go the same place he goes, again, meaning “follower.” If your language uses a similar image to mean follower you can translate the image, if not you may use another image from your culture or translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “and all the people who are following you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:8 ria5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי־כֵ֖ן אֵצֵ֑א 1 This means that Moses and the Israelites will leave Egypt. Alternate translation: “After that I will leave here” or “After that I will go out from Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:8 awcj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֵצֵ֑א 1 After this phrase, the direct quote ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
11:8 s6oj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בָּ⁠חֳרִי־אָֽף 1 This is an idiom meaning that Moses is angry. Alternate translation: “enraged” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
11:9 xk4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לֹא־יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם פַּרְעֹ֑ה לְמַ֛עַן רְב֥וֹת מוֹפְתַ֖⁠י בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
11:10 tcqt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן עָשׂ֛וּ אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּפְתִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה וְ⁠לֹֽא־שִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This verse is summarizing and wrapping up the story of the plagues. If your language has a way of summarizing information at the end of a story try to translate this verse (and possibly verse 9 - see the the introductory notes to this chapter) in this way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
11:10 um4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart was strong. If heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:intro fd2f 0 # Exodus 12 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe events of this chapter are known as the Passover. They are remembered in the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Unleavened bread\nThe concept of unleavened bread is introduced in this chapter. Its significance stems from its connection to the events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/unleavenedbread]])\n\n### Ethnic segregation\nThe Hebrew people were to be separate from the rest of the world. Because of this, they separated themselves from other people groups. At this time, these foreigners were looked upon as unholy. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
12:2 z785 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the month in which the events of this chapter take place will be the beginning of their calendar year. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
12:2 uy4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths 1 The first month of the Hebrew calendar includes the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. It marks when Yahweh rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
12:3 qzct שֶׂ֥ה & שֶׂ֥ה 1 This word literally means, “of the flock,” and could also be translated as sheep or goat. Here, the ULT uses \*\*lamb\*\* (a young sheep) because \[verse 5\](../12/05.md) specifies that it must be one year old. “Kid” (a young goat) would be equally valid as verse 5 also says that it could be either a sheep or a goat.
12:4 xzn3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 This means that there are not enough people in the family to eat an entire lamb. Alternate translation: “If there are not enough people in the household to eat an entire lamb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:4 fu2g 1 Here “the man” refers to the man who is the leader of the household.
12:6 lz76 1 This refers to the time of evening after the sun has set but while there is still some light.
12:7 cjt7 1 “on the sides and top of the way into the house”
12:8 jtn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Eat it with bread which you have made without yeast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:8 uxn6 1 These are small plants that have a strong and usually bad taste.
12:9 ny3a 1 “Do not eat the lamb or goat uncooked”
12:10 ghk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not leave any of it until the morning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:11 ks7d 1 This refers to a strip of leather or fabric for tying around the waist.
12:11 nzw2 1 “eat it quickly”
12:11 r789 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 Here the word “it” refers to eating the animal on the tenth day of the month. Alternate translation: “This observance is Yahweh’s Passover” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:12 sa5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 1 This can be stated with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “I will punish all the gods of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
12:13 bxm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 This implies that Yahweh will see the blood which indicates an Israelite home. Alternate translation: “that I will see when I come to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:13 zt5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 1 The words “pass over” were a customary way of saying to not visit or enter. Alternate translation: “I will not enter your house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
12:15 i9n3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 The metaphor “cut off” has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form: (1) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (2) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:16 bzj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “an assembly that you have set apart to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:16 l7pj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You will do no work on these days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:16 qr65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “That must be the only work that you do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:17 r3qj 1 The term used for these groups is a military term referring to a large number of soldiers. Alternate translation: “division by division” or “regiment by regiment”
12:18 x8m9 1 This refers to the time of evening after the sun has set but while there is still some light. See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:6](../12/06.md).
12:18 m475 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths 1 This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourteenth day is near the beginning of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
12:18 uss3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths 1 “the twenty-first day of the first month.” This is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
12:19 aej1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “there must not be any yeast in your houses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:19 vy72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 The metaphor “cut off” has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form: (1) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (2) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him.” See how you translated “must be cut off from Israel” in [Exodus 12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:20 t17e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:8](../12/08.md). Alternate translation: “bread which you have made without yeast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:21 y9qt 1 officially called
12:22 qwv1 1 a woody plant with small leaves that can be used for sprinkling liquids
12:22 c1cf 1 “on the sides and top of the way into the house.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:7](../12/07.md).
12:23 uu61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 1 Here the word “door” implies the entire house. This means that God will spare the Israelites in houses with blood on the doors. Alternate translation: “pass over your house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
12:24 v7z5 1 These words refer to the Passover or Festival of Unleavened Bread. Observing the Passover was an act of worshiping Yahweh.
12:25 l8ls 1 These words refer to the Passover or Festival of Unleavened Bread. Observing the Passover was an act of worshiping Yahweh.
12:27 t779 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 This means that Yahweh spared the Israelites’ firstborn sons. Alternate translation: “He did not kill the firstborn sons in our houses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:28 r5cj 1 “everything that Yahweh told Moses and Aaron to do”
12:29 zm1l 1 “in the middle of the night”
12:29 uj6u 1 Here, “firstborn” always refers to the oldest male offspring. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 11:5](../11/05.md).
12:29 il1d 1 This refers to Pharaoh.
12:29 g9z1 1 “to the firstborn of people in prison.” This refers to prisoners, in general, and not to a specific person in prison.
12:30 cfj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 1 This can be stated with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “All the Egyptians cried loudly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
12:30 gt4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives 1 This double negative emphasizes the positive. Alternate translation: “because someone was dead in every house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
12:33 j5u4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 The Egyptians were afraid that they would die if the Israelites did not leave Egypt. Alternate translation: “We will all die if you do not leave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:34 diw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They had already tied up their kneading bowls in their clothes and on their shoulders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:37 n1ha 1 Rameses was a major Egyptian city where grain was stored. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:11](../01/11.md).
12:37 u81l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “They numbered about six hundred thousand men.” The total number of men was about 600,000. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
12:39 x96c 1 “bread with dough that did not contain yeast”
12:39 pva6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Egyptians had driven them out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:40 qsi5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “four hundred and thirty years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
12:41 d8yh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “four hundred and thirty years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
12:41 xlf4 1 This refers to the tribes of Israel. See how you translated “armed group” in [Exodus 12:17](../12/17.md).
12:42 f3m6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that all the Israelites were to observe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:42 w6mj 1 “all the Israelites and the all the generations of their descendants”
12:43 pby5 1 The pronoun “it” refers to the Passover meal.
12:44 n9wn 1 “any slave of an Israelite”
12:44 xat2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the Israelite has bought with money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:46 j242 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Each Israelite family must eat the food in one house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:46 ycd9 1 “you must not break any of its bones.” Here the word “it” refers to the lamb which the Israelite family will eat.
12:48 h7k9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone must circumcise all his male relatives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:48 hi4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 1 Here the word “land” refers to Canaan. The expression “born in the land” means a person who is a native Israelite. Alternate translation: “those who are Israelites by birth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
12:48 f9ti rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives 1 This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: “only circumcised people may eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
12:50 agw6 1 “everything that Yahweh told Moses and Aaron to do”
12:51 e3z3 1 This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
12:51 tyj3 1 The term used for these groups is a military term referring to a large number of soldiers. See how you translated “armed group” in [Exodus 12:17](../12/17.md). Alternate translation: “by their divisions” or “by their regiments”
13:intro g9qi 0 # Exodus 13 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter records the instructions for the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Law\nThe law mentioned here is not the law of Moses because it has not yet been revealed. Instead, it is a more generic “rule.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Let my people go\n\nThis is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. When this chapter states that Pharaoh let the people go, it indicates that he gave them permission to leave.
13:2 de3u 1 God requires that every firstborn male child be set apart for him.
13:3 nwq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 1 The words “Call … to mind” were a customary way of telling someone to remember something. Alternate translation: “Remember and celebrate this day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:3 en1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. Alternate translation: “the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:3 yjy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 Here the word “hand” refers to power. See how you translated “strong hand” in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:3 c6ee rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must not eat bread with yeast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:4 y1f3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths 1 This is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:5 x89s 1 When the Israelites live in Canaan, they must celebrate the Passover on this day each year. See how you translated this phrase in [Exodus 12:25](../12/25.md).
13:6 tf79 1 Moses continues to speak to the people of Israel.
13:6 vwy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “For 7 days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
13:7 n41m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must eat bread without yeast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:7 le33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You may not have any bread with yeast among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:7 c9kr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You may not have any yeast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:7 dmv1 1 “inside any of the borders of your land”
13:8 qum9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations 1 The quotation can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “On that day you are to tell your children that this is because of what Yahweh did for you when you came out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
13:9 p21h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 1 These are two different types of physical reminders so people will not forget something important. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
13:9 s7zg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Moses speaks of celebrating the festival as if it were tying an object around their hands to remind them of what Yahweh had done. Alternate translation: “like something you tie around your hand as a reminder” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:9 mru4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Moses speaks of celebrating the festival as if it were tying an object around their foreheads to remind them of what Yahweh had done. Alternate translation: “like something you tie around your head as a reminder” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:9 b6ny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 The words “in your mouth” here refers to the words that they speak. Alternate translation: “so you may always be speaking of the law of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:9 w5rm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 The word “hand” here represents God’s actions or works. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). Alternate translation: “the power I show in my works” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:11 iqh5 1 “when he gives the land of the Canaanites to you”
13:13 lwv5 1 Israel is given a choice to kill the firstborn donkey or buy it back with a lamb.
13:14 s8cm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations 1 The first quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “When your son asks you later what this means, then you are to tell him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
13:14 qr7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 The word “hand” here represents God’s actions or works. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). Alternate translation: “the power I show in my works” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:14 rcz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](../13/03.md). Alternate translation: “the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:16 bse4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 1 This expresses two ways to remember the importance of the passover event. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 13:9](./09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
13:17 c3c2 1 “was close to where they were located”
13:17 mzi7 1 Since Israelites had lived in slavery all their lives, they were more accustomed to peace than to war and would rather return to slavery than fight.
13:20 xq5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 Etham is located south of the route heading towards the Philistines, at the border of the wilderness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:21 jnv8 1 “a cloud in the shape of a column … fire in the shape of a column.” God is with them in a cloud by day and in a fire by night.
14:intro jq4u 0 # Exodus 14 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis is an important event in the history of Israel, known as the “parting of the Sea of Reeds.”\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Pharaoh’s hard heart\n\nPharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.\n\n### Pharaoh’s chariots\nThese chariots were a fighting force. Pharaoh took an army to kill the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\nThe Israelites asked a few rhetorical questions of Moses. These questions were not really directed at Moses, but at Yahweh. This showed their lack of faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
14:2 mb4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 These are towns on Egypt’s eastern border. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
14:2 c9r8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 1 Here, **You** is plural and refers to Moses and the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
14:3 c81b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations 1 This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh will say the Israelites are wandering in the land and the wilderness has closed in on them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
14:3 tz6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 1 Pharaoh speaks of the wilderness as a person who has trapped the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
14:4 mm7j 1 Yahweh continues to instruct Moses on where to go and what Yahweh will do.
14:4 dv62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠חִזַּקְתִּ֣י אֶת־לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֮ 1 This means God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart was strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But I will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:4 tw2m 1 “Pharaoh will pursue the Israelites”
14:4 d5x1 1 “People will honor me”
14:4 ejn5 1 “The Egyptians will understand that I am Yahweh, the one true God”
14:4 dms1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So the Israelites camped as Yahweh had instructed them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:5 t4cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When someone told the king of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:5 nh6d 1 This refers to Pharaoh.
14:5 it5s 1 “had run away”
14:5 k67b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 Here the word “minds” refers to their attitudes towards the Israelites. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh and his servants changed their attitudes about the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
14:5 v236 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 1 They asked this question to show they thought they had done a foolish thing. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have done a stupid thing by letting Israel go free from working for us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
14:7 ry11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “He took 600 of his best chariots” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
14:8 a1r1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֣ק יְהֹוָ֗ה אֶת־לֵ֤ב פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart was strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “And Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:9 sb7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 These are towns on Egypt’s eastern border. See how you translated them in [Exodus 14:2](../14/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
14:10 s1xa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 1 The word “Pharaoh” here represents the entire Egyptian army. Alternate translation: “When Pharaoh and his army came close” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
14:10 qcy1 1 “the Israelites were terrified”
14:11 vzw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 1 The Israelites ask this question to express their frustration and fear of dying. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “There were plenty of graveyards in Egypt for us to be buried in. You did not have to take us into the wilderness to die!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
14:11 x4n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 1 The Israelites ask this question to rebuke Moses for bringing them to the desert to die. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not have treated us like this by bringing us out of Egypt!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
14:12 itb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 1 The Israelites ask this question to emphasize that this is what they had told Moses. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is exactly what we told you while we were in Egypt.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
14:12 ix25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations 1 This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “We told you to leave us alone, so we could work for the Egyptians.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
14:13 lat4 1 Moses responds to the Israelites’ fears.
14:13 rrd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 1 The pronoun **you** refers to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
14:13 h5n4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 1 Moses used a polite way of saying God was going to destroy the Egyptian army. Alternate translation: “For God will kill the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
14:15 a727 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 1 Moses apparently had been praying to God for help so God uses this question to compel Moses to act. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not call out to me any longer, Moses.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
14:16 t3e4 1 “divide the sea into two parts”
14:17 z5ub 1 “Know”
14:17 qd3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מְחַזֵּק֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 This means God will make them stubborn. Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their hearts were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “I will cause the Egyptians to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:17 asz9 1 “so that the Egyptians will go into the sea after the Israelites”
14:20 wgr4 1 “the Egyptian army and the Israelite people”
14:20 c4u5 1 This means that the Egyptians and the Israelites could not approach one another.
14:21 dfx5 1 An east wind originates in the east and blows towards the west.
14:21 hqx7 1 where the sun rises
14:21 f9zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh divided the waters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:22 fky6 1 “on each side of them” or “on both sides of them”
14:24 iz9t 1 Panic is when someone becomes so afraid that they cannot think normally.
14:25 qdp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Mud clogged their chariot wheels” or “Their chariot wheels were getting stuck in the mud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:26 p5ds 1 This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told Moses to reach out with his hand over the sea so that the waters would come back onto the Egyptians, their chariots, and their horsemen.”
14:26 w59j 1 “fall on”
14:27 wn3q 1 Since the sea was closing in on top of the Egyptians, instead of escaping, they were actually running right into the water.
14:27 h64r 1 “Yahweh pushed the Egyptians” or “Yahweh threw the Egyptians”
14:30 e2lf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “from the Egyptians’ power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
14:30 p5zw 1 “on the land along the edge of the sea”
15:intro ni4b 0 # Exodus 15 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic songs in 15:1-18 and 15:21. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s laws\nIn this chapter, Moses talks about Yahweh’s laws. The law of Moses is about to be introduced. Although it has not yet been formally introduced, this is what is being referenced in this chapter in anticipation of the revelation of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
15:1 f5zr 1 This is a song about the events that happened in [Exodus 14:26-28](../14/26.md).
15:1 kw29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 It can be stated explicitly over whom Yahweh triumphed. Alternate translation: “he has achieved a glorious victory over the army of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:1 f6ue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Moses sang about God causing the sea to cover and drown the horse and rider as if God had thrown them into the sea. Alternate translation: “he has made the sea cover over the horse and rider” or “he has made the horse and rider drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:1 cr5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 1 This refers to all or many of the Egyptian horses and riders that were chasing the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the horses and their riders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
15:1 ex3p 1 This is a person who sits on a horse or travels in a chariot that a horse is pulling.
15:2 pb23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 Possible meanings are (1) “Yahweh is the one who gives me strength” or (2) “Yahweh is the strong one who protects me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:2 vk6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 Moses calls Yahweh his song because Yahweh is the one he sings about. Alternate translation: “the one I sing about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:2 kbv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 Moses calls God his salvation because God saved him. Alternate translation: “he has saved me” or “he is the one who saves me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:3 p1d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Moses calls God a warrior because God powerfully fought against the Egyptians and won. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is like a warrior” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:4 p8w6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Moses sings about God causing the sea to cover Pharaohs chariots and army as if God had thrown them into the sea. Alternate translation: “he has made the sea cover over Pharaoh’s chariots and army” or “He has made Pharaoh’s chariot riders and army drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:5 nqe4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 1 Just as a stone does not float but sinks to the bottom of the sea, the enemy soldiers sank to the bottom of the sea. Alternate translation: “they went down into the deep water like a stone sinking to the bottom of the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
15:6 x1fz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 Moses speaks of God as if God had hands. The right hand refers to God’s power or the things God does powerfully. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your power is glorious” or “Yahweh, what you do is glorious in power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:6 p1u6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 Moses speaks of God as if God had hands. The right hand refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your power has shattered the enemy” or “Yahweh, by your power you have shattered the enemy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:6 rmd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Moses speaks of the enemy as if it were fragile and could be shattered like glass or pottery. Alternate translation: “has completely destroyed the enemy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:7 nd3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Rebelling against God is spoken of as rising up against him. Alternate translation: “those who rebelled against you” or “your enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:7 glq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 1 Moses speaks of God’s wrath as if it were a servant that God sent out to do something. Alternate translation: “You showed your wrath” or “You acted according to your wrath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
15:7 a5x7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Moses speaks of God’s wrath as if it were fire that could completely burn up things. His enemies were completely destroyed like stubble in a fire. Alternate translation: “it completely destroyed your enemies like a fire that burns up straw” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
15:8 ic8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 1 Moses speaks of God as if God had a nose, and he speaks of the wind as if God blew the wind from his nose. Alternate translation: “You blew on the sea and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
15:9 d8nk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be expressed with an active form. Alternate translation: “I will satisfy my desire on them” or “I will take all I want from them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
15:9 sm77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 The enemies speak of destroying the Israelites by the power of their hands as if it were their hands that would destroy them. Alternate translation: “I will destroy them with my hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:10 yrj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Moses spoke about God making the wind blow as if God blew the wind through his nose or mouth. Alternate translation: “But you made the wind blow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:10 f7d3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 1 Lead is a heavy metal that is commonly used to make things sink in water. The word “lead” here is used to show how fast God’s enemies were destroyed. Alternate translation: “sank as fast as lead in the deep turbulent waters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
15:11 wq2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 1 Moses uses this question to show how great God is. Alternate translation: “O Yahweh, no one is like you among the gods!” or “Yahweh, none of the gods is like you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
15:11 pp57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 1 Moses uses this question to show how great God is. Alternate translation: No one is like you. No one is majestic in holiness as you are, no one is honored in praises as you are, and no one does miracles as you do!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
15:12 cid8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 The phrase “right hand” represents the strong power of God. Alternate translation: “with your strong power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:12 bkg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Moses speaks about God causing something to happen as if God reached out with his hand. Alternate translation: “With your strong power you made it happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:12 g7bv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 1 Moses personifies the earth as if it could swallow or devour with it’s mouth. Alternate translation: “the earth devoured them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
15:14 zi1m 1 This means to shake because you are afraid.
15:14 uqf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 1 Moses speaks of terror as if it were a person that could forcefully grab hold of someone and make them extremely afraid. Alternate translation: “the inhabitants of Philistia will be afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
15:15 ya48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Moses speaks of people becoming weak from their fear as melting away. Alternate translation: “will be weak from fear” or “will be afraid and faint” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:16 m1kt 1 Moses continues to sing about how the people of other nations will feel when they see God’s people.
15:16 nk67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 1 These two words mean that fear will come upon them. Alternate translation: “Fear will come upon them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
15:16 fc8v 1 Dread is extreme fear or anxiety about something that is going to happen or might happen.
15:16 t2yp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 God’s arm represents his great strength. Alternate translation: “Because of your great strength” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:16 umm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 1 Possible meanings are (1) “They will be silent like stone” or (2) “They will be motionless as stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
15:17 n5i5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 Where God would bring them can be stated clearly. Since Moses was not already in Canaan, some languages would use “take” rather than “bring.” Alternate translation: “You will take your people to Canaan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
15:17 t6wg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Moses speaks about God giving his people the land to live in as if they were a tree that God was planting. Alternate translation: “settle them on the mountain” or “let them live on the mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:17 p7kb 1 This refers to Mount Zion in the land of Canaan.
15:17 ie26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Moses speaks about God promising to give his people the mountain forever as if he were giving it to them as an inheritance. Alternate translation: “that you have given them as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:17 ytz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 The phrase “your hands” refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “that you have built by your power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
15:20 g7s6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 Miriam was the older sister of Moses and Aaron. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:20 gam2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 1 This is a musical instrument like a small drum that also has pieces of metal around the side that make a sound when shaken. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
15:21 f6m3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 It can be stated explicitly over whom Yahweh triumphed. See how you translated this in [Exodus 15:1](../15/01.md). Alternate translation: “he has achieved a glorious victory over the army of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:21 hvu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Miriam sang about God causing the sea to cover and drown the horse and rider as if God had thrown them into the sea. See how you translated this in [Exodus 15:1](../15/01.md). Alternate translation: “He has made the horse and rider drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:22 iw9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 The word “Israel” represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Moses led the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:22 c7pe rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 We do not know the exact locations of this place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:23 a9pv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 We do not know the exact locations of this place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:24 n64m 1 “were unhappy and told Moses” or “angrily told Moses”
15:26 l2hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 1 Yahweh is speaking about his own voice. His voice represents what he says. Alternate translation: “my voice” or “what I say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:26 sq5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “do what Yahweh considers to be right”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:26 m4cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 God speaks of causing people to have diseases as putting diseases on them. Alternate translation: “I will not cause any of you to have the diseases” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:27 did8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 This is an oasis in the desert, a place with water and shade trees. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:27 ark9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “12” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
15:27 p64y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “70” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
16:intro nkd7 0 # Exodus 16 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Complaints\nThe Israelites complained about the amount of food Yahweh gave them, even when he miraculously provided their food for them. This is intended to show their ungratefulness and their sinful view of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### Prohibition against storing food\nThe people were not allowed to store the food, called manna, they were provided with. This is because they were to trust in Yahweh to provide for their needs every day. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])\n\n### Sabbath\nThis is the first recorded celebration of the Sabbath rest. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n### Ark of the covenant\nAlthough the covenant has not yet been made, it is referenced in [Exodus 16:34](../../exo/16/34.md). This is probably done either in anticipation of the building of the ark or as an editorial comment made by Moses after these events. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Wilderness of Sin\nSin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is not the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
16:1 gw67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 The word “Sin” here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
16:1 h44x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths 1 This time coincides with the end of April and the beginning of May on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “on day 15 of the second month” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
16:2 h938 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 1 “All the Israelites complained.” This is a generalization. Moses and Aaron did not complain. Alternate translation: “The Israelites complained” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
16:2 nx6f 1 “were angry and spoke”
16:3 nwy6 1 This is a way of saying that they wished that they had died. Alternate translation: “We wish that we had died”
16:3 g1n1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 The phrase “Yahweh’s hand” represents Yahweh’s action. Alternate translation: “by Yahweh’s action” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16:4 kls5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 God speaks of food coming down from heaven as if it were rain. Alternate translation: “I will make bread come down from heaven like rain” or “I will make bread fall to you from the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:4 i1xw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 God speaks of the food that he will send as if it were bread. The Israelites would eat this food every day, just as they had eaten bread every day before this. Alternate translation: “food” or “food like bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:4 se28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 God speaks of obeying his law as walking in it. Alternate translation: “obey my law” or “live according to my law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:4 yew5 1 “my command”
16:5 p1f6 1 “It will happen on the sixth day that they” or “On the sixth day they”
16:5 cl74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “on day 6” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
16:5 t5il 1 two times
16:7 zb21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מָ֔ה כִּ֥י תלונו 1 Moses and Aaron used this question to show the people that it was foolish to complain against them. Alternate translation: “We are not powerful enough for you to complain against us.” or “It is foolish to complain against us, because we cannot do what you want.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
16:8 v8rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Moses speaks of the food that God will send as if it were bread. The Israelites would eat this food every day, just as they had eaten bread every day before this. See how you translated it in [Exodus 16:4](../16/04.md). Alternate translation: “food” or “food like bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:8 pn4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 1 Moses used this question to show the people that he and Aaron did not have the power to give them what they wanted. Alternate translation: “Aaron and I cannot give you what you want.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
16:8 vdr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 The people were complaining against Moses and Aaron, who were Yahweh’s servants. So by complaining against them, the people were really complaining against Yahweh. Alternate translation: Your complaints are not really against us; they are against Yahweh, because we are his servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
16:10 q4ax 1 This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. The important event here is the people seeing Yahweh’s glory. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
16:10 b6rp 1 The word “behold” here shows that the people saw something interesting.
16:12 g7xc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 God speaks of the food that he will send as if it were bread. The Israelites would eat this food every day, just as they had eaten bread every day before this. See how you translated it in [Exodus 16:4](../16/04.md). Alternate translation: “food” or “food like bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:13 aas8 1 This phrase is used here to mark an important part of the events. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
16:13 eu1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 1 These are small, plump birds. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
16:14 k5lb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 1 The original readers knew what frost is like, so this phrase would help them understand what the flakes were like. Frost is frozen dew that forms on the ground. It is very fine. Alternate translation: “that looked like frost” or “that was fine like frost” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
16:15 n5e7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Moses speaks of the food that God sent as if it were bread. The Israelites would eat this food every day, just as they had eaten bread every day before this. See how you translated it in [Exodus 16:4](../16/04.md). Alternate translation: “food” or “food like bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:16 v1c6 1 Moses continues telling the people about the food that God was providing for them.
16:16 fqp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume 1 2 liters (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
16:22 nrx8 1 This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. Verses 16:22-30 tell about what the people did concerning the manna on the sixth and seventh days of the week. If your language has a way for marking this as a new part of the story, you could consider using it here.
16:22 xk6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “on day 6” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
16:22 zj1u 1 two times
16:22 f4j9 1 This refers to the bread that appeared as thin flakes on the ground each morning.
16:23 wc4a 1 “a day to rest quietly and think seriously”
16:24 y4d9 1 “did not smell rotten”
16:25 pr1p 1 “today is a Sabbath and is to be used only for honoring Yahweh”
16:26 jv77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “but on day seven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
16:26 hq5i 1 This was the name the Israelites gave to the bread that Yahweh caused to appear for them each morning.
16:27 qf14 1 “they did not find any manna”
16:28 q41d 1 Yahweh speaks to Moses, but the word **you** refers to the people of Israel in general.
16:28 e1vx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 1 God used this question to scold the people because they did not obey his laws. Alternate translation: “You people still do not keep my commandments and laws!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
16:28 vnq7 1 “to obey my commandments and my laws”
16:29 p22l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Yahweh speaks about teaching people to rest on the Sabbath as if the Sabbath were a gift. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, have taught you to rest on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:29 dt58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “day 6 … 2 days … day 7” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
16:29 y8wf 1 This refers to the bread that appeared as thin flakes on the ground each morning.
16:31 r1a5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 1 Coriander is also known as cilantro. People dry the seeds and grind them into a powder and put it in food to give it flavor. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
16:31 vrl4 1 very thin biscuits or crackers
16:32 nxa9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume 1 2 liters (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
16:32 g93h 1 This refers to the bread that appeared as thin flakes on the ground each morning.
16:33 rtw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume 1 “two liters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
16:36 g8ns rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume 1 An omer and an ephah are both containers for measuring volume. The original readers would have known how much an ephah was. This sentence would help them know how much an omer was. For languages that do not use fractions, this can be reworded. Alternate translation: “Now ten omers equal one ephah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
17:intro f12q 0 # Exodus 17 General Notes\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\nMoses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince people of their sin. Likewise, the people’s rhetorical question showed their ignorance. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Wilderness of Sin\nSin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is not the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:1 h1li rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 The word “Sin” here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 16:1](../16/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:1 j1fm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 This means “the resting place,” a place to rest on long journeys through the wilderness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:2 hr9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 1 Moses uses these questions to scold the people. Alternate translation: “You should not quarrel with me! You should not test Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
17:3 cz24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 1 The people use this question to accuse Moses of wanting to kill them. Alternate translation: “You only brought us out here to kill us and our children and cattle by not letting us have any water to drink!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:7 x5an rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 a place in the desert whose name means “testing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:7 hw7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 a place in the desert whose name means “complaining” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:8 rv14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 This was the name of a place in the desert. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:10 ca3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 1 Joshua represents himself and the Israelites that he led into battle. Alternate translation: “So Joshua and the men he chose fought against the Amalekites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
17:10 wy51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 Hur was a friend of Moses and Aaron. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:11 x5ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 1 The words “Israel” and “Amalek” represent the fighters from those groups. Alternate translation: “the Israelite fighters were winning … the Amalekite fighters would begin to win” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
17:12 hxt8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 The author writes of Moses’ arms becoming tired as if his hands became heavy. Alternate translation: “arms became tired” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
17:13 plp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 The sword represents battle. Alternate translation: “in battle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
17:14 c5rl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 God speaks of destroying Amalek as if he were removing people’s memory of Amalek. When a group of people is completely destroyed, there is nothing to remind people about them. Alternate translation: “I will completely destroy Amalek” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
17:14 jm77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 This refers to the Amalekites. Alternate translation: Amalekites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
17:16 bw78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 People would raise their hand when they made a promise or pledge, so raising the hand represents making a promise. Alternate translation: “a promise was made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
17:16 s86d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh lifted up his hand” or “Yahweh made a solemn promise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:intro t8g2 0 # Exodus 18 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Leadership lessons\nJethro taught Moses an important leadership lesson in this chapter. Many scholars look at this chapter for important leadership lessons. Moses delegated some of his responsibilities to other godly men so that he would not become worn out by all the demands made of him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])
18:1 nl86 1 This refers to the father of the wife of Moses.
18:2 zw6h 1 Possible meanings are (1) Jethro took Zipporah to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah.
18:2 chy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 This is something Moses had done earlier. The full meaning of the can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “after Moses had sent her home to her parents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:3 khs1 1 This is the ending of the sentence that begins with the words “Jethro … took Zipporah” in verse 2. Possible meanings are (1) Jethro took Zipporah and her two sons to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah and her two sons.
18:3 k4mb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 This is a son of Moses and Zipporah, whose name means “foreigner.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
18:4 xi35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 This is a son of Moses and Zipporah, whose name means “God is the one who helps me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
18:4 z2km rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 This represents being killed by Pharaoh or Pharaoh’s army. Alternate translation: “being killed by Pharaoh” or “being killed by Pharaoh’s army” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:5 kpq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “where he camped with the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:7 s5p2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction 1 These symbolic acts were the normal way that people showed great respect and devotion in that culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
18:8 rkq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 The word “Israel” represents the Israelite people. Alternate translation: “in order to help the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:8 a1ra rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Moses writes of hardships happening to them as if hardships had come to them. Alternate translation: “all the hardships that had happened to them” or “all the hardships they had experienced” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:9 wp1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 The hand represents the power of someone to do something. Alternate translation: “the power of the Egyptians … the power of Pharaoh” or “what the Egyptians were doing to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:10 nrv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 The hand represents the power of someone to do something. Alternate translation: “the power of the Egyptians … the power of Pharaoh” or “what the Egyptians were doing to you … what Pharaoh was doing to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:14 bax5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 1 Jethro uses this question to show Moses that what he was doing was not good. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not be doing all of this for the people!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
18:14 b5wj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 1 Jethro used this question to show Moses that he was doing too much. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not sit alone … from morning till evening!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
18:14 cfd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 The word “sit” here is a metonym for “judge.” Judges would sit while they listened to people’s complaints. Alternate translation: “you judge alone” or “you are the only one who judges the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:18 jtd2 1 “you will surely make yourselves very tired”
18:18 h91b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Jethro speaks of the hard work that Moses is doing as if it were a physical burden that Moses was carrying. Alternate translation: “This work is too much for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:19 pug7 1 “you guidance” or “you instruction”
18:19 v8i9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Jethro speaks of God helping Moses as if God would be with Moses. Alternate translation: “God will help you” or “God will give you wisdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:19 w4r8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Jethro speaks of Moses telling God about their disputes as if Moses were bringing their disputes to God. Alternate translation: “you tell God about their disputes” or “you tell God what they are arguing about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:20 w3vf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Jethro speaks of living or behaving like walking. Alternate translation: “You must show them how to live” or “You must show them how to behave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:21 p2rq 1 Jethro continues speaking to Moses.
18:21 p5ap 1 “In addition, you must choose” or “You must also choose”
18:21 n936 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Jethro speaks of giving them authority over people as putting them over people. Alternate translation: You must give them authority over people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:21 d2hv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
18:22 p4sr 1 “the simple cases”
18:22 y5n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Jethro speaks of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. Alternate translation: “the difficult cases they will tell you about” or “when there are difficult cases, they will tell you about them so you can judge them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:22 u42p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Jethro speaks of the hard work that they would do as if it were a burden that they would carry. Alternate translation: “they will do the hard work with you” or “they will help you do the hard work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:23 wyq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 What they will endure can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “endure the stress of the work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:25 n2ws rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Moses writes of the leaders of people as if they were the head of a body. Alternate translation: “leaders of the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:25 tb18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 What they were capable of doing can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “men who were able to lead” or “men who were able to judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:25 iqn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” See how you translated this in [Exodus 18:21](../18/21.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
18:26 abx4 1 “judged the people most of the time” or “judged the people’s easy cases”
18:26 z7j4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 The author writes of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. Alternate translation: “the difficult cases they told Moses about” or “when there were difficult cases, they told Moses about them so that he would judge them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:26 ve8h 1 “the easy cases”
19:intro ck7e 0 # Exodus 19 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “A kingdom of priests”\nThe function of the priests was to intercede for the people. The Levites were the only priests in Israel; this is a metaphor indicating that the nation was to intercede for the world as a whole. They were also to be holy, or set apart, from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### Revealing the Law\nThe events of this chapter are concerned with preparing the people to receive the law of Moses. The people go through all of this to prepare themselves for the law, which show the great importance of this event for Israel. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
19:1 r5tj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths 1 This means they arrived at the wilderness on the first day of the month just as they left Egypt on the first day of the month. The first day of the third month on the Hebrew calendar is near the middle of May on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “In the third month … on the first day of the month” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
19:1 xw7p 1 “had left”
19:2 nk51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 This is an area on the edge of the wilderness of Sinai where the people of Israel had been camping. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 17:1](../17/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:3 s2qt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 The word “house” here represents Jacob’s family and descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:3 f4qw 1 The phrase “the people of Israel” explains what “the house of Jacob” means.
19:4 z9i6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 1 The word **you** here refers to the Israelites. Yahweh is telling Moses what to tell the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
19:4 b7ph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 God speaks of caring for his people while they traveled as if he were an eagle and carried them on his wings. Alternate translation: “I helped you travel like an eagle that carries her babies on her wings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:5 th35 1 Obediently can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “listen to my voice and obey me”
19:5 c767 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 God’s voice represents what he says. Alternate translation: “what I say” or “my words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:5 fh8e 1 “do what my covenant requires you to do”
19:5 ifv6 1 “treasure”
19:6 gm9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 God speaks of his people as if they were priests. Alternate translation: “a kingdom of people who are like priests” or “a kingdom of people who do what priests do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:7 c5tq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 The author writes of Moses telling people things as if he were setting the words before them. AT “told them all these words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:7 zqk1 1 “all that Yahweh had commanded him”
19:8 ljf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go 1 Where Moses went can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses went back up the mountain to report” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:8 rwx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 The word “words” refers to what the people said. Alternate translation: “what the people said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:10 ie7y 1 This probably means “tell them to dedicate themselves to me” or “tell them to purify themselves for me.”
19:10 j891 1 “their clothes” or “what they are wearing”
19:11 d6tm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 1 This was a command to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
19:12 lg7u 1 Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
19:12 d48p 1 “make a boundary.” This was either a mark or some kind of barrier.
19:12 kis1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “You must surely put to death any person who touches the mountain” or “You must surely kill anyone who touches the mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19:12 ibe7 1 “Any person who touches” or “Anyone who touches”
19:13 l9ak 1 “a person who does that” or “a person who touches the mountain”
19:13 k35k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly stone or shoot him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19:13 vw19 1 This refers to being killed by someone who shoots arrows from a bow or stones from a slingshot.
19:13 ng41 1 “a long, loud sound”
19:15 bw2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 1 This is a polite way of talking about sleeping with their wives. Alternate translation: “do not sleep with your wives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
19:16 fvt8 1 “All the people … shook with fear”
19:18 m1b5 1 “Yahweh came down”
19:18 a8p7 1 This shows that it was a very large amount of smoke. Alternate translation: “like the smoke from a very large fire”
19:18 np1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 1 an oven that can be made extremely hot (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
19:19 m8ae 1 “continued to become louder and louder”
19:19 f5e6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 The word “voice” here refers to a sound that God made. Possible meanings are (1) “by speaking loudly like thunder” or (2) “by speaking” or (3) “by causing thunder to sound” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:20 v7mh 1 “he commanded Moses to come up”
19:21 d2qm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 God spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might break down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated “set bounds” in [Exodus 19:12](../19/12.md). Alternate translation: “not to go beyond the boundary” or “not to go through the barrier”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:24 w8lx 1 “go down”
19:24 bk6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 God spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might break down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 19:21](../19/21.md). Alternate translation: “go beyond the boundary” or “go through the barrier” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:intro x7vt 0 # Exodus 20 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe instructions recorded in this chapter are commonly known as the “ten commandments.”\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Covenant\nYahweh’s covenant faithfulness is now based on the covenant he made with Abraham as well as the covenant he is making with Moses. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
20:2 qg71 1 “place where you were slaves”
20:3 r9h3 1 “You must not worship any other gods but me”
20:4 rkn1 1 “and you must not make the likeness”
20:5 ka3i 1 The word “them” refers to carved figures or idols.
20:5 r6zh 1 God wants his people to worship only him.
20:5 w4cs 1 God will punish people for the sin of their parents.
20:5 s2ia rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 1 “to generations 3 and 4.” This refers to the grandchildren and great-grandchildren. Alternate translation: “even on the grandchildren and great-grandchildren (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
20:6 u9nc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 1 The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithfully” or “faithful.” Alternate translation: “I faithfully love thousands of those who love me” or “I am faithful to the covenant with thousands of those who love me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
20:6 yw38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 The word “thousands” is a metonym for a number too many to count. Alternate translation: “forever to those who love me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
20:7 t3k2 1 “use the name of Yahweh your God”
20:7 gcz2 1 “carelessly” or “without proper respect”
20:7 sl6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives 1 This double-negative can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: “I will certainly consider guilty” or “I will certainly punish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
20:8 kwn7 1 “set it apart for a special purpose”
20:9 sad1 1 “do all your usual duties”
20:10 t1ky rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 Cities often had walls around them to keep out enemies, and gates for people to go in and out. Alternate translation: “within your community” or “inside your city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20:11 vw1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 1 “on day seven.” Here “seventh” is the ordinal number for “7.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
20:11 s8ds 1 Possible meanings are that (1) God caused the Sabbath day to produce good results, or (2) God said that the Sabbath day was good.
20:14 wyv9 1 “You must not have sex with anyone other than your spouse”
20:16 zix8 1 “must not speak a false report” or “must not tell lies about someone”
20:17 vt9t 1 “must not strongly want to have” or “must not want to take”
20:18 swq3 1 “sound of the trumpet”
20:18 nm52 1 “smoke coming from the mountain”
20:18 lmt5 1 “they shook with fear”
20:18 h53m 1 “stood far away” or “stood at a distance”
20:20 slb8 1 “so that you will honor him and not sin”
20:21 lts1 1 “Moses went closer to”
20:22 tq2f 1 “Tell the Israelites this”
20:22 r6jh 1 “You have heard me speak to you from heaven”
20:23 hi91 1 “You must not make idols as other gods instead of me”
20:23 qm44 1 “gods made out of silver or gold” or “idols made out of silver or gold”
20:24 pf1i 1 an altar made of materials from the ground, such as stone, soil, or clay
20:24 ge89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 Here “name” is a metonym for God’s being. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “choose for you to honor me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
20:26 qm1b 1 “Do not build steps up to the altar and go up to it on those steps”
20:26 h2qd 1 “your private parts”
21:intro dnd3 0 # Exodus 21 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Covenant with Moses\nAlthough the covenant Yahweh made with Moses began in the previous chapter, it formally begins with the statement, “Now these are the decrees that you must set before them.” The law of Moses was a major part of this covenant. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### Slavery\nThis passage does not condone slavery as an acceptable practice. However, it does impose some restrictions on the practice.\n\n### Justice in society\nThe rules and law of this chapter are not intended to be followed by every society. Israel was God’s chosen nation and was required to live in a special way. These laws concerned creating a just society and a holy nation. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
21:1 b3g4 1 Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
21:1 hhf7 1 “you must give them” or “you must tell them”
21:2 di5z 1 Yahweh tells Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
21:3 ln3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 What “by himself” means can be stated clearly. Some languages require that the additional condition, that he marries while a slave, be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “If he became a slave while he had no wife, and if he marries while he is a slave, the master need only free the man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:3 pfn3 1 “alone” or “without a wife”
21:3 e467 1 “if he was married when he became a slave” or “if he came as a married man”
21:5 yj8x 1 “clearly says”
21:5 jqh4 1 “I do not want my master to set me free”
21:6 z8x1 1 “put a hole in his ear”
21:6 xpd3 1 a pointed tool used to make a hole
21:6 k6ev 1 “until the end of his life” or “until he dies”
21:8 p8se 1 “has chosen”
21:8 t2zf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he must allow her father to buy her back” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:8 bi4y 1 “has no authority to sell”
21:8 h7f7 1 “he has deceived her”
21:9 w99z 1 “decides that she is the one who will be his son’s wife”
21:10 rxk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives 1 This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “he must give the first wife the same food, clothing, and marital rights she had before” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
21:10 q2gt 1 “must not take away her food” or “must not give her less food”
21:10 np9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 1 This includes things that a husband must do for his wife, including sleeping with her. Alternate translation: “and he must continue to sleep with her as before” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
21:12 gks4 1 “hits a man” or “attacks a man”
21:12 su6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly execute that person” or “you must certainly kill that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:13 h4ka 1 “did not plan to do it” or “did not do it on purpose”
21:13 gme9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 The purpose of choosing a place can be stately clearly here. Alternate translation: “I will choose a place that he can run away to be safe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:14 st5h 1 “after thinking carefully about it”
21:14 abx6 1 The word “him” refers to the one who killed his neighbor.
21:14 bcc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that you can kill him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:15 y3hd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If anyone hits his father or mother, you must surely put him to death” or “You must surely kill anyone who hits his father or mother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:15 qh2j 1 “must certainly”
21:16 iu81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must kill that kidnapper” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:17 h8qf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must surely kill anyone who curses his father or his mother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:18 hk3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “cannot get out of bed” or “has to stay in bed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:19 c7rv 1 “he gets better”
21:19 fa8t 1 This is a stick that can be leaned on for support while walking.
21:19 xg6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 This refers to a situation when someone cannot work to earn money. You can express this clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “the time he could not work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:19 ws14 1 “pay his medical costs” or “pay for his costs for healing”
21:20 te41 1 “because of the injury” or “because his master hit him”
21:20 h4eg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly punish that man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:21 r65u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 You can express clearly in the translation that the servant was valuable to his master. Alternate translation: “because he has already lost his servant who was valuable to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:22 a6av 1 “her baby dies in her womb” or “her baby is born too soon and dies”
21:22 cn4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly fine the guilty man” or “the guilty man must pay a fine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:22 v5ye 1 “what the judges decide”
21:23 x2ek rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 This means that if she is hurt, the person who hurt her must be hurt in the same way. Alternate translation: “he must give his life for her life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:24 c5bq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 This means that if she is hurt, the person who hurt her must be hurt in the same way. Alternate translation: “his eye for her eye” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:26 i8cg 1 Here “man” refers to the owner of a slave.
21:26 bmc1 1 “as payment.” Compensation is what someone does for another person or gives to another person to make up for what he has caused that person to lose.
21:28 sp6w 1 “an ox injures with its horns”
21:28 qk3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must stone the ox to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:28 q2gv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must not eat its flesh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:28 d4li rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must acquit the ox’s owner” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:29 nzn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must also kill its owner” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:30 t5rs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 If the ox’s owner can pay a fine to save his own life, then he must pay whatever the judges decide. The full meaning of this can be stated clearly. This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if the owner of the bull can pay a fine to save his own life, he must pay the full amount that the judges say that he must pay” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:31 kg25 1 “has injured with its horns”
21:32 qzv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney 1 “330 grams of silver.” A shekel weighed eleven grams. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
21:32 wm9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must kill the ox by stoning it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:33 fd4p 1 “uncovers a hole in the ground” or “takes a cover off a hole in the ground”
21:34 b48a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 The owner must be paid for the loss of his animal. Alternate translation: “pay the owner for the dead animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:34 j8qz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 The one who paid for the loss of the animal will become the owner of the dead animal and can do what he wants with it. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “will belong to the owner of the pit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:35 z9ug 1 “divide the money” or “divide the money they receive”
21:36 fkx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if people knew” or “if the owner knew” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:36 v64b 1 “had gored other animals before”
21:36 ix8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 This means that the owner did not keep his ox securely inside a fence. This can be clearly stated in the translation. Alternate translation: “its owner did not keep it inside a fence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:36 dcv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 The owner of the ox that killed must give an ox to the man who lost his ox. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “the owner of the ox that killed must surely give a living ox to the owner of the ox that died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:intro f9vb 0 # Exodus 22 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Justice in society\nThe rules and laws of this chapter are not intended to be followed by every society. Israel was God’s chosen nation and was required to live in a special way. These laws concerned creating a just society and a holy nation. In this chapter, the purpose of these laws often focuses on minimizing the people’s desire for vengeance. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])
22:1 syx5 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
22:2 mt43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If anyone finds a thief” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:2 e98x 1 “using force to come into a house”
22:2 gt5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if anyone strikes the thief so that he dies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:2 fq57 1 “no one will be guilty of murdering him”
22:3 vym5 1 “if it is light before he breaks in” or “if he breaks in and it is after sunrise”
22:3 nl2i 1 “the person who kills him will be guilty of murder”
22:3 f4w4 1 “pay for what he stole”
22:3 c5yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “you must sell him as a slave in order to pay for what he stole” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:4 k926 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If they find that he still has the live animal that he stole” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:4 g5kg 1 pay two animals for every animal that he took
22:5 j24t 1 “If a man lets his animals eat plants”
22:5 ty82 1 “it eats plants”
22:5 jrb3 1 “he must pay back the owner of that field”
22:6 x6aj 1 “If someone starts a fire and it spreads in thorns”
22:6 i4ma 1 “moves along the ground through dry plants”
22:6 u1pa 1 This is grain that has been cut and tied in bundles. “bundled grain” or “harvested grain”
22:6 r2cf 1 This is grain that has not been cut, but it is ready to be harvested.
22:6 w6ku 1 “fire consumes a field” or “fire destroys a field”
22:6 j398 1 “must certainly pay for the grain that the fire destroyed”
22:7 jw3v 1 “to watch over it” or “to keep it safe”
22:7 na9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if someone steals it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:7 z7zu 1 someone who steals something
22:7 x2sh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if you find the thief” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:8 lwg5 1 “come before the judges so that they can find out if”
22:8 f774 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 1 This is an idiom. If you have a way of saying this in your language, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “has stolen his neighbor’s property” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:9 p7ab 1 The judges must listen to both people who claim that item belongs to them and the judges will decide who is guilty.
22:11 gl7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 Only the man who is accused of stealing the animal must swear the oath. The owner of the lost animal must accept the oath that has been sworn. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the man who was caring for the animal must swear an oath before Yahweh and the owner must accept that oath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:12 yw3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But if someone stole the animal from him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:13 b313 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But if a wild beast tore the animal in pieces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:13 pc6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He will not have to pay for the animal that the wild beast destroyed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:14 h8yw 1 “must certainly repay with another animal” or “must certainly pay the owner for the animal”
22:15 g3zw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if someone rented the animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:15 r792 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 The one who borrowed the animal will not have to pay the owner anything more than the hiring or rental fee. This fee will pay for the loss of the animal. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “the money that someone paid to rent the animal will cover the loss of the animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:15 f9w9 1 “rental fee” or “money paid to rent the animal”
22:16 a8s8 1 “a man persuades a virgin who is not engaged that she wants to sleep with him”
22:16 th2m 1 “not promised to be married”
22:16 g24h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 1 Lying with someone is a euphemism for having sex. Alternate translation: “if he has sex with her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
22:16 x33y 1 “dowry” or “bride price”
22:17 y2xz 1 These pronouns refer back to the man who seduced the virgin.
22:19 y3qy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 1 This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “Whoever has sexual relations with an animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
22:20 n4nh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, you must completely destroy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:21 kr35 1 “mistreat a foreigner” or “cheat a foreigner”
22:22 djh3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives 1 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You must treat all widows and fatherless children fairly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
22:22 v3i8 1 “woman whose husband has died”
22:22 l2ih 1 “orphan” or “child with no parents”
22:24 sx9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 To be killed “with the sword” is a metonym that means a person will die violently, or perhaps fighting in a war. Alternate translation: “you will die a violent death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:25 v5je 1 “one who lends money”
22:25 g3ry 1 “charge him extra money for borrowing” or “charge him extra money for the loan”
22:26 vsk2 1 “coat as collateral” or “coat as a guarantee to repay the loan”
22:27 wi2m 1 “only coat” or “only garment to keep him warm”
22:27 x7zb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 1 This question adds emphasis. You can translate it as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “He will have nothing to wear while he sleeps!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
22:28 eel2 1 “Do not insult God” or “Do not speak evil about God”
22:28 tdj6 1 “and do not ask God to do bad things to a ruler”
22:29 p8nk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives 1 This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “You must bring all of your offerings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
22:29 m4yq 1 “dedicate your firstborn sons to me”
22:30 cya6 1 “dedicate to me the firstborn of”
22:30 j345 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 This can be written as a numeral. Alternate translation: “For 7 days after they are born” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
22:30 m4wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 This can be written as a numeral. Alternate translation: “day number 8” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
22:30 l9vh 1 “dedicate them to me”
23:intro hk5t 0 # Exodus 23 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Justice in society\nThe rules and laws of this chapter are not intended to be followed by every society. Israel was God’s chosen nation and was required to live in a special way. These laws concerned creating a just society and a holy nation. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### Celebrations of feasts and festivals\nThe people of Israel were required to celebrate certain feasts and festivals. These were part of the law of Moses and some are described in this chapter. Their purpose was to worship Yahweh and to remember the great things Yahweh has done for them.
23:1 we1y 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
23:1 y1a3 1 This is the same as a lying or false witness.
23:2 nqz9 1 “and you also must not speak”
23:2 z6ej rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 This is a metaphor that describes one’s agreeing with a group of people as if he actually walked over and stood with that group. Alternate translation: “doing what the crowd wants” or “agreeing with the majority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:2 tnv2 1 do illegal or immoral actions that result in a unjust ruling
23:4 faf4 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
23:6 gr9g 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
23:6 z2al 1 “Do not decide to treat a poor man unjustly in legal matters”
23:6 vh76 1 Here, this refers to any matter that a court decides.
23:7 mf4w 1 “I will not find the wicked not guilty” or “I will not say of wicked people that they are innocent”
23:8 gh3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 1 Here a “bribe” is described as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “bribe discredits … undermines” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
23:9 mzu9 1 “the kind of life a stranger lives in a foreign land”
23:10 usn5 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
23:10 rt7h 1 “the food its plants produce”
23:11 vr1l 1 uncultivated, untilled
23:11 b5q6 1 in its natural state, not used for to grow food
23:11 s4wv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 The poor can eat any food that grows on its own in a field that is not cultivated. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “so the poor among your people may harvest and eat any food that grows on its own in that field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:12 v36j 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
23:12 ij92 1 “your work animals”
23:12 gpu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “any foreigner may rest and regain his strength” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:13 ldn8 1 “Do” or “Obey”
23:13 x5tf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 This represents praying to other gods. Alternate translation: “pray to other gods” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:14 kp1j 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
23:15 bu7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths 1 This is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
23:15 tx1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives 1 Here understatement is used to emphasize that the Israelites must bring a suitable offering to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “come to me without a proper offering” or “always bring an offering to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
23:16 tnz1 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
23:16 z4k4 1 “You must honor” or “You must celebrate”
23:16 pnx4 1 This festival celebrated the final harvesting of all the crops for the year.
23:17 t5xj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 Here to “appear” means to gather for worship. Alternate translation: “All the men must gather to worship the Lord Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:18 rqs4 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
23:18 qgx1 1 The fat was burned as an offering to Yahweh and was never eaten.
23:19 h3gs 1 “the best and first produce of the harvest”
23:19 u7bk 1 This was a magical fertility practice among the Canaanites, which the Israelites were not permitted to participate in.
23:20 e5sr 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
23:21 pm7x 1 “Listen to him”
23:21 p5y3 1 “If you provoke him, he will not pardon”
23:21 p4jv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 Here “name” refers to God’s authority. Alternate translation: “He has my authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:22 z1gn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 Here “voice” represents what the angel says. Alternate translation: “If you carefully obey what he says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:22 y9bm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 1 These two phrases mean the same thing and are used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
23:23 ap6k 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
23:24 a1d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 The Israelites must not live as the people who worship other gods. Alternate translation: “You must not … live as the people who worship those gods” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:25 t3ir rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism 1 This is a merism that means food and drink. Alternate translation: “he will bless your food and drink” or “he will bless you by giving you food and drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
23:25 ydl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 1 Yahweh switched between the first and third pronoun to refer to himself. Here both “he” and “I” refer to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
23:26 i9uj 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
23:26 q4gz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives 1 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Every woman will be able to become pregnant and give birth to healthy babies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
23:26 i1r9 1 to have a pregnancy end early and unexpectedly
23:28 cg7i 1 a flying insect that can sting people and cause pain
23:29 i9aq 1 “because no one would be living in the land”
23:30 zyl3 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
23:33 d1fp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 This means worshiping other gods will lead the people of Israel to certain destruction as if they were an animal caught in a hunter’s trap. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:intro b83l 0 # Exodus 24 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Moses’ covenant\nThe people of Israel promise to obey the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. Their continued blessings were contingent upon their obedience to this covenant. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n### God’s holiness\nBecause Yahweh is perfectly holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. Because of this, only Moses was allowed near Yahweh. This is also why Yahweh is described as a “devouring fire.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
24:1 c97i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 These are men’s names. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
24:1 nm3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “70 of Israel’s elders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
24:3 cg32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 1 This is an idiom that means the people were in complete agreement. Alternate translation: “together” or “in agreement” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:4 h7gg 1 “base of the mountain” or “bottom of the mountain”
24:6 l5ia 1 Moses collected half of the blood in basins in order to splash it on the people in [Exodus 24:8](../24/08.md). This would confirm the people’s participation in the covenant between the people of Israel and God.
24:6 f7dh 1 Here the altar represents God. This would confirm God’s participation in the covenant between God and the people of Israel.
24:7 axt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “We will obey everything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:8 h9ff rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 This refers to the blood that Moses had put into the bowls. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Then Moses took the blood that was in the bowls” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:9 uz7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 These are men’s names. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
24:10 ic4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 1 This speaks of God as if he had human feet. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
24:10 je5k 1 “a pavement made of blue stones called sapphires”
24:10 q8sn 1 a hard surface for walking or riding
24:10 pm87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 1 This is a gemstone that is blue in color. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
24:10 zd6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 1 This is a simile. Alternate translation: “as clear as the sky is when there are no clouds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
24:11 jds6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 This means that God did not harm the leaders. Alternate translation: “God did not harm the Israelite leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:12 dx4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 God had written the law and commandments on the tablets of stone. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “two stone slabs on which I have written all the laws” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:13 gv5e 1 “with Joshua who assisted him” or “with Joshua who helped him”
24:14 qiy4 1 “wait for Joshua and me”
24:14 uc7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 Hur was a man who was a friend of Moses and Aaron. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 17:10](../17/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
24:16 j2s5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 This was the brilliant light of God’s presence. Alternate translation: “The brilliant light showing God’s presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:17 e4n6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 1 This means the glory of Yahweh was very large and seemed to burn brightly like a fire. Alternate translation: “like a big fire burning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
24:17 k5lj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Their eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents their thoughts or judgment about they saw. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:18 h1wy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “40 days and 40 nights” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
25:intro t23a 0 # Exodus 25 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The tent of meeting\nThis chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the ark would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
25:2 r5yr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 1 This is an idiom that indicates a person’s desire to give an offering. Alternate translation: “who wants to give an offering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
25:2 k78q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 1 The word **you** refers to Moses and the leaders. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
25:3 s2ls 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
25:4 c1qn 1 Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen.
25:4 c958 1 bright red
25:6 i6gp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 1 dried plants that people grind into a powder and put in oil or food to give it a nice smell or flavor (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
25:7 mg4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 1 a valuable stone that has layers of white and black, red or brown. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
25:7 aks5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “precious stones for someone to set” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:7 c3hk 1 “valuable gems” or “treasured gems”
25:8 d3vm 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
25:9 w4sc 1 Here this word means the same thing as the word “sanctuary” in verse 8.
25:9 c9qe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 1 Here **you** is plural and refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
25:9 m1np rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 1 “show you in the design” or “show you in the pattern.” Here **you** is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
25:10 n7j1 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
25:10 cs23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.5 cubits … 1.5 cubits” or “115 centimeters … almost 69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
25:12 e59p 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
25:12 wbq8 1 Casting was a process in which gold was melted, poured into a mold that was in the shape of a ring, and then allowed to harden.
25:14 f2kz 1 “so that you can carry the ark”
25:15 k67p 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
25:17 c675 1 This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made.
25:17 ast8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.5 cubits … 1.5 cubits” or “115 centimeters … 69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
25:18 hfw6 1 “beaten gold”
25:19 rgn8 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
25:19 j38e 1 This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md).
25:19 b4l9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must make them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:21 lm1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 1 Here **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
25:22 hl6e 1 Yahweh continues to speak to Moses.
25:22 zu9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 1 “I will meet with you at the ark.” In 25:22 the word **you** is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
25:22 wq9w 1 This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md).
25:23 b11v 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
25:23 t312 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2 cubits … 1 cubit … 1.5 cubits” or “92 centimeters … 46 centimeters … 69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
25:25 b6j8 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
25:25 awi7 1 a measurement of 7 to 8 centimeters
25:25 bit8 1 “frame for the table”
25:26 y64j 1 “legs are”
25:27 jdh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must attach the rings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:27 q5w8 1 “so you can carry”
25:28 d7jz 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
25:28 l4fk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that you may carry the table with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:29 v78d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that you may use them to pour out drink offerings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:30 uth7 1 This bread represented the presence of God.
25:31 kc3q 1 “beaten gold.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:18](../25/18.md).
25:31 g25l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Make the lampstand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:31 fq45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Make its cups, its leafy bases, and its flowers all of one piece with the lampstand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:33 nag2 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Yahweh is describing the lampstand ([Exodus 25:31-32](./31.md)).
25:33 i7bh 1 white or pink flowers that have five petals
25:34 ji3x 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Yahweh is describing the lampstand ([Exodus 25:31-32](./31.md)).
25:35 lg8l 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Yahweh is describing the lampstand ([Exodus 25:31-32](./31.md)).
25:35 n5ed rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must make them as one piece with the lampstand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:36 z9wy 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Yahweh is describing the lampstand ([Exodus 25:31-32](./31.md)).
25:37 m2i7 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
25:37 dfn6 1 “so they shine light from it”
25:38 l5w8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Make the tongs and their trays of pure gold” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:39 ff5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight 1 A talent weighs about thirty-three kilograms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
25:39 ff8n 1 the tongs and the trays
25:40 l7je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am showing you on the mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:intro emw7 0 # Exodus 26 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The tent of meeting\nThis chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the ark would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
26:1 hen6 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do ([Exodus 25:1](../25/01.md)).
26:1 ks8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 1 Yahweh is speaking to Moses, so the word **you** is singular. Yahweh probably expected Moses to tell someone else to do the actual work, but Moses would be the one responsible for seeing that the work was done correctly. “Tell a craftsman to make” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
26:1 iww4 1 These were large, heavy sections of woven cloth that were used to form the covering and dividing walls of the tabernacle.
26:1 xvs7 1 wool dyed a deep red color
26:1 n2vm 1 a person who is skilled in making beautiful objects by hand
26:2 dkr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 1 “28 cubits … 4 cubits.” A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
26:3 ba6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Sew five curtains together to make one set, and sew the other five curtains together to make another set” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:4 ghz8 1 “one set of five curtains”
26:4 zxx4 1 “the second set of five curtains”
26:6 sns4 1 The clasps fit into the loops (verses 4 and 5) to hold the curtains together.
26:7 k2mi 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
26:7 t7t3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “11” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
26:8 p423 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “30 … 4” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
26:8 v7i1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
26:10 j8yn 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
26:10 etf7 1 See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:4](./04.md).
26:11 cq36 1 The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:6](./06.md).
26:12 x5p7 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
26:13 k4ci rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
26:14 kii8 1 See how you translated similar phrases in [Exodus 25:5](../25/05.md).
26:14 yz3v 1 “colored red”
26:15 p38r 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
26:15 y85l 1 This refers to frames or panels that they made by joining together smaller pieces of wood.
26:16 k4b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “10 cubits … 1.5 cubits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
26:19 s45x 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
26:19 c9id 1 These were silver blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place.
26:19 mm1h 1 The silver bases kept the wooden board off the ground.
26:19 lg39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Put two bases” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:21 gag1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 This means that what was said about the first two boards should be done for the rest of the boards. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “and two bases for each of the rest of the boards” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:22 nw4c 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
26:24 k1ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Separate these frames at the bottom, but join them at the top” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:25 p2wu 1 These were silver blocks that had a slot in them to keep the frame in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md).
26:25 q8xh 1 “total”
26:25 yr6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 This means that what was said about the first two frames should be done for the rest of the frames. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:21](../26/21.md). Alternate translation: “and two bases for each of the rest of the frames” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:26 c95e 1 Yahweh continue to tell Moses how the tabernacle was to be built.
26:26 fc8p 1 These are horizontal support beams that give stability to the structure.
26:27 rn67 1 The front was on the east side of the tabernacle.
26:29 x8ny 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses how the tabernacle must be constructed.
26:29 ji1j 1 “which will hold the crossbars” or “because they will hold the crossbars”
26:29 nq3m 1 These are horizontal support beams that give stability to the structure. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:26](../26/26.md).
26:30 csf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that I have shown you here on this mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:31 yqi6 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses how the tabernacle is to be constructed.
26:31 uc7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 1 Yahweh is speaking to Moses, so the word **you** is singular. Yahweh probably expected Moses to tell someone else to do the actual work, but Moses would be the one responsible for seeing that the work was done correctly. “Tell a craftsman to make.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
26:33 p2yq 1 The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:6](./06.md).
26:33 d3gm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 The ark of the testimony is the chest that contains the commandments. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “you must bring in the chest containing the commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:33 jc47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The curtain will separate the holy place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:34 v7t1 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
26:34 mli8 1 This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md).
26:34 b9m2 1 “on the chest that contains the commandments”
26:35 lv9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 This is the table that holds the bread that represents the presence of God. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Place the table for the bread of God’s presence on the north side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:36 h3s1 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses how to construct the tabernacle.
26:36 p5wf 1 This was a large curtain made of cloth.
26:36 rr16 1 Possible meanings are (1) “yarn that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple, and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md).
26:36 f6td 1 “finely twisted linen.” This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread.
26:36 r2fy 1 “a person who sews designs into cloth” or “a person who embroiders”
27:intro x4f7 0 # Exodus 27 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The tent of meeting\nThis chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the ark would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
27:1 hj65 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do ([Exodus 25:1](../25/01.md)).
27:1 qj4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 1 “2.2 meters long on each side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
27:1 hbg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 1 “The altar must be square and 1.3 meters high” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
27:1 s8qy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
27:2 lr23 1 “You must make projections that look like ox horns on its four corners”
27:2 lek3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must make the horns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:2 y4r2 1 “must cover the altar and horns”
27:3 qn79 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
27:3 m4wm 1 bowls
27:3 z5ax 1 These were pans that held hot coals from the altar.
27:3 j5zt 1 These were any instrument, vessel, or tool that served a useful purpose.
27:4 fp9m 1 “You must make a bronze grate for the altar”
27:4 hsq3 1 a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning
27:5 v6n4 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people need to do.
27:5 c5em rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 The grate was placed inside the altar. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “You must put the grate under the rim of the altar, on the inside of the altar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:5 xc2t 1 This is a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md).
27:6 wki4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 These poles were used for carrying the altar. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “You must make poles for carrying the altar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:7 fb3t 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people should do.
27:7 b3yx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must put the poles into the rings and place them on each side of the altar to carry it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:8 xj8e 1 a long, flat piece of wood that is thicker than a board
27:8 t5ey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that I have shown to you here on this mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:9 y45x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must place hangings … courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:9 id4k 1 A “hanging” was a large curtain made of cloth. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md)
27:9 v748 1 “finely twisted linen.” This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread
27:9 ce9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “44 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
27:10 sfg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must also attach hooks … posts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:10 k7rb 1 a strong piece of wood set upright and used as a support
27:11 n95e 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
27:11 gjg5 1 See how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 27:9](./09.md).
27:11 x52h 1 This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “you must make hangings”
27:11 nr77 1 See how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 27:10](./10.md).
27:12 p4u4 1 This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “you must make a curtain”
27:12 elw4 1 This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “You must make ten posts”
27:13 w2sg 1 This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “Make the courtyard fifty cubits long”
27:14 mzn5 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
27:14 vy7r 1 These were large curtains made of cloth. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md).
27:14 z8n2 1 These were strong pieces of wood set upright and used as supports. See how you translated these in [Exodus 27:10](../27/10.md).
27:14 gz7s 1 These were metal blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md).
27:14 u8nm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 1 about seven meters (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
27:16 wv46 1 This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “You must make a curtain twenty cubits long to be the courtyard gate”
27:16 h4tw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They must make the curtain … fine twined linen, the work of an embroiderer” or “Embroiderers must make the curtain … fine twined linen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:16 kn9u 1 Possible meanings are (1) “yarn that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple, and scarlet dye” to dye the linen.
27:16 g5wi 1 a person who sews designs into cloth
27:17 wal2 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
27:18 wt7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 1 “100 cubits.” A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
27:18 j1zp 1 “finely twisted linen.” This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md).
27:19 w5n8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “make all the tent pegs for the tabernacle and courtyard out of bronze” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:19 bs7c 1 sharp pieces of wood or metal used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground
27:20 wn9n 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
27:21 ge7v 1 This is another name for the tabernacle.
27:21 p7ru 1 This is the chest that contains the sacred slabs of stone on which Yahweh had written his commandments.
27:21 vr7m 1 “I require that the people do this as a lasting statute”
28:intro r3yx 0 # Exodus 28 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Holy garments\nBecause Yahweh is holy, only the priests could approach him, and when they did they must be wearing specially made clothing. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
28:1 bsm1 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do ([Exodus 25:1](../25/01.md)).
28:1 e1xb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 1 Here “yourself” refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
28:2 tv9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 1 Here **you** refers to the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
28:2 t5gy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “garments that you will set apart to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:4 re79 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
28:4 tr5e 1 “a coat with a design woven into it”
28:4 dz5h 1 a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times.
28:4 k184 1 a piece of cloth that people wear around their waist or across their chest
28:6 yu8u 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:6 u3rx 1 “finely-twisted linen.” This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md).
28:6 k3bj 1 a person who can make beautiful objects by hand
28:8 w523 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they must make it in one piece” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:9 c4ia rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 1 These are valuable stones that have layers of white and black, red or brown. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
28:10 at1b 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:11 dv8k 1 “In the same way a person engraves on a seal”
28:11 x1xc 1 a person who cuts designs into a hard material such as wood, stone, or metal
28:11 cm3f 1 an engraved stone used to stamp a design into a wax seal
28:11 gh2r 1 pieces of metal that hold the stone onto the ephod
28:13 hpc7 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:13 pi4x 1 These are pieces of metal that hold each stone onto the ephod. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md).
28:14 e746 1 “two chains of pure gold that are braided like cords”
28:15 ta6b 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
28:15 sf8e 1 “a skillful workman will make it like the ephod”
28:16 cny4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 1 A span is 22 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
28:17 spd4 1 Twelve kinds of stone are listed here. Scholars are not sure which kinds of stones the Hebrew words refer to. Some translations list different stones.
28:17 qp4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 1 “valuable gems” or “treasured gems.” See how you translated these in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
28:17 n1ys rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 1 These are precious stones. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
28:18 ga1v 1 These are precious stones.
28:18 a5rr 1 This is a gemstone that is blue in color. See how you translated this in [Exodus 24:10](../24/10.md).
28:19 z17r 1 These are precious stones
28:20 ul2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 1 These are precious stones. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
28:20 rgf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 1 This is a valuable stone that has layers of white and black, red or brown. See how you translated these in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
28:20 pw5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must mount them in gold settings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:21 d6fa 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:21 x4qn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must arrange the stones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:21 z8mw 1 A signet is an engraved stone used to stamp a design into a wax seal. Here the stone is mounted on a ring. See how you translated “signet” in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md).
28:22 m7yl 1 “chains that are made of pure gold and are braided like cords.” See how you translated similar phrases in [Exodus 28:14](../28/14.md).
28:25 cd3a 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:25 d8y3 1 “chains braided like cords.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:14](../28/14.md).
28:25 a4lc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 These are two settings that enclose the stones. This can be clearly stated in the translation. Alternate translation: “to the two settings that enclose the stones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28:27 e385 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:27 vw1w 1 This was a cloth belt made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md).
28:28 se56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that they may attach it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:28 wf9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives 1 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “the breastpiece would stay attached to the ephod” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
28:29 k21k 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:29 z1mz 1 This refers to the names of the tribes engraved on the twelve stones the breastplate as described in [Exodus 28:17-21](./17.md).
28:29 cc97 1 “over Aaron’s heart” or “on his chest”
28:30 f537 1 The second phrase appears to refer to the Urim and Thummim and explain their purpose.
28:30 dgn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 1 It not clear what these are. They were objects, possibly stones, that the priest used to determine somehow the will of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
28:31 jl1d 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:32 x42n 1 This can be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “A weaver must make this robe”
28:32 rw96 1 “a person who weaves” or “a person who creates cloth using thread”
28:33 v7gy 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people do.
28:33 t9re rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 1 A pomegranate is a round fruit with a red outer skin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
28:34 kl55 1 This phrase is repeated to show the pattern of the design on the robe.
28:35 de4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Aaron must wear the robe when he serves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:35 pf61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that the bells make a sound” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:35 qtf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 It is implied that he would die because he did not obey Yahweh. This can be stated. Alternate translation: “As a result, he will not die because of disobeying my instructions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28:36 e8qp 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:36 nd2q 1 “write on it in the same way a person engraves on a seal.” See how you translated similar words in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md)
28:37 qka6 1 This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md).
28:38 ee65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Aaron must wear it on his forehead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:38 u19w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Aaron must always wear the turban on his forehead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:39 cp68 1 God continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:39 t5vj 1 This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md).
28:39 yi1l 1 A sash is a decorative piece of cloth that a person wears around his waist or across his chest. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md).
28:39 i62z 1 An embroiderer is a person who sews designs into cloth. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md).
28:40 sc7t 1 God continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:40 pfs2 1 A sash is a decorative piece of cloth that a person wears around his waist or across his chest. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md).
28:40 v2tj 1 A headband is a narrow, decorative strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes.
28:41 xa75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 Aaron was the older brother of Moses. You can state this clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “Put these clothes on your older brother Aaron” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28:42 vua7 1 God continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:42 vz62 1 These are underwear, clothing worn under the outer clothes, next to the skin.
28:43 s6n2 1 This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md).
28:43 r7y7 1 “a law the will not end”
29:intro xmd9 0 # Exodus 29 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Consecrating priests\nThis chapter records the process of consecrating priests. The priests were to be set apart from the rest of Israel because Yahweh is holy. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “I will live among the Israelites”\nAs God, Yahweh is everywhere and cannot be limited to a single space. This phrase indicates that he permanently remains within Israel in a special way while they have the ark.
29:1 d6gk 1 The word “now” marks a change in topic from garments for priests to consecrating priests.
29:1 z78h 1 Here **you** refers to Moses.
29:1 ld5s 1 “to set apart Aaron and his sons”
29:1 dq2c 1 Here “me” refers to Yahweh.
29:1 cgl2 1 a male cow
29:2 ptm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Also take wafers without yeast and rub them with oil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:2 r449 1 These are different kinds of food made from flour.
29:3 u713 1 Yahweh continues to speak to Moses
29:3 gm58 1 “You must put the bread, cake, and wafer”
29:3 cd6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 Here “present” means to offer as a sacrifice. The full meaning of this can be translated clearly. Alternate translation: “offer them to me when you sacrifice the bull and the two rams” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
29:4 a6rz 1 This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md).
29:5 va8b 1 Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:5 f7u7 1 This was a coat with a design woven into it. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md).
29:5 pr4i 1 This was a cloth belt made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md).
29:6 ap2x 1 This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md).
29:6 y59s 1 This crown is described in [Exodus 29:6](../29/06.md) as being engraved with the words “dedicated to Yahweh” and made of pure gold.
29:8 s53c 1 Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:8 v46k 1 “bring Aaron’s sons”
29:8 jtc7 1 These were coats with a design woven into them. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md).
29:9 j3a8 1 A sash is a decorative piece of cloth that people wear around their waist or across their chest. See how you translated this word in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md).
29:9 bh2d 1 A headband is a narrow, decorative strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:40](../28/40.md).
29:9 r1x4 1 “the duty of being priests”
29:9 ze9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 The duty of being priests will also belong to the descendants of Aaron’s sons. You can state this clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “will belong to them and their descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
29:9 p7m9 1 “a law the will not end.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:43](../28/43.md).
29:10 r782 1 Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:10 p996 1 This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md).
29:11 bf2m 1 The bull offering was to be killed by Moses, not the priests, at the doorway, not inside the tent of meeting.
29:11 y6kp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 Since the following verses will tell what to do with the blood from the bull, use a term for “kill” that will imply a method similar to “slitting its throat and catch the blood in a bowl.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
29:12 uxh3 1 Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:12 c2ud 1 These were projections that looked like ox horns attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md).
29:12 xdl5 1 “the remaining blood”
29:13 x2c5 1 “covers the organs”
29:13 nsg6 1 These are organs in the body.
29:14 eza8 1 “But as for the remaining parts of the bull”
29:16 hd8i 1 For these consecration sacrifices for the priests, it was Moses, not Aaron or his sons, who had to kill the animals.
29:17 w2nb 1 “the organs.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:13](../29/13.md).
29:18 s68x 1 Unlike the bull offering that was burned outside of the tent, the ram was to be burned on the inner altar.
29:19 x3iv 1 Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:20 j6b1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 The ram was killed by cutting its throat. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “Then kill the ram by slitting its throat” or “Then kill the ram by cutting its throat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
29:21 saa8 1 Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:21 w1aa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “By doing this, you will dedicate Aaron to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:22 gj68 1 Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:22 i3dc 1 These refer to organs inside the body. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:13](../29/13.md).
29:23 td8w 1 For 29:23 see how you translated similar words in [Exodus 29:2](../29/02.md).
29:23 i7vx 1 “that you have placed before Yahweh”
29:24 wv9l 1 God continues speaking to Moses.
29:24 b9bj 1 Here “these” refers to the parts of the sacrifice mentioned in the previous verses.
29:25 wz3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “burn it as an offering to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:26 acx5 1 Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:26 bf71 1 “ram that you dedicated” or “ram that you killed”
29:26 c21f 1 “the ram that you used to dedicate Aaron”
29:28 uc2d 1 “This is what Aaron and his sons will always receive from the people”
29:29 la34 1 Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:29 qru8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 These garments belong to the priesthood and are not just Aaron’s personal clothing. Alternate translation: “Aaron must reserve the holy garments for his sons after him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:29 i5vz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They must wear the holy garments when you anoint his sons and ordain them to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:30 pe79 1 This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md).
29:31 npz1 1 Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:31 l3xk 1 “the ram you killed when you installed the priests”
29:31 u9kl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 This is not the same as the holy place outside of the most holy place. This refers to a place within the courtyard. Alternate translation: “at the entrance to the tent of meeting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
29:32 dp8h 1 This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md).
29:33 qk8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that you sacrificed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:34 rhp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “No one must eat it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:34 lhi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because you have set it apart to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:35 c2si 1 Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:35 g9pm 1 “I have commanded you to treat Aaron and his sons this way”
29:37 pq5d 1 “Then the altar will be most holy”
29:37 qk5h 1 “will also be very holy”
29:38 e4r9 1 Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:38 sli9 1 “You must daily offer on the altar”
29:40 rt1f 1 Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:40 x6i4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction 1 “1/10 … 1/4” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
29:40 bwg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume 1 An ephah is 22 liters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
29:40 vt6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume 1 A hin is 3.7 liters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
29:41 t1tt 1 Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:41 hgt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it will be a burnt offering to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:42 j8cg 1 “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md).
29:42 h5r7 1 This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md).
29:43 f1t6 1 Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:43 ic8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My awesome presence will dedicate the tent to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:45 zcs1 1 Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
30:intro z3yc 0 # Exodus 30 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Atonement\nThe atonement offered by the priests was very important in the religious life of Israel. In order to offer sacrifices, the priests had to maintain ritual cleanliness by washing themselves. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
30:1 r1f4 1 Yahweh tells Moses how to build the worship equipment.
30:1 v8vb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 1 Here **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
30:2 w56e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 These were projections that looked like ox horns attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated “horns” in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md). Alternate translation: “You must make its horns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
30:3 d3uu 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
30:3 ddb2 1 “an altar to burn incense”
30:4 qyg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which you will attach to the altar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
30:5 r61h 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
30:6 h33c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 The ark is the chest that contains the commandments. This can be stated clearly in the translation. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:33](../26/33.md). Alternate translation: “the chest containing the commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
30:6 e52i 1 This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md).
30:6 vg6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 1 Here **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
30:7 l2rl 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
30:8 qm7i 1 “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md).
30:9 ckf9 1 Though the word **you** is addressed to Moses, the instruction is given specifically to Aaron and his descendants as to when and what they are to offer on the altar of incense.
30:10 ez2s 1 Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
30:10 k6xk 1 These were projections that looked like ox horns attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md).
30:10 san2 1 “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md).
30:12 s73c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 1 Possible meanings are (1) **you** refers to just Moses or (2) **you** refers to Moses and the leaders of Israel in future generations when they take a census. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
30:12 k5p1 1 The leaders only counted the Israelite men.
30:13 s69s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. They counted only the men. Alternate translation: “Everyone you count” or “Every man you count” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
30:13 i4wk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney 1 “1/2 a shekel of silver.” Translators may use a unit of measure that people understand and a round number: “5.5 grams of silver” or “six grams of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
30:13 nfp6 1 There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time. This specified which one was to be used.
30:13 id6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 1 “20 gerahs.” A gerah is a unit that people used for measuring how much something very small weighed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
30:14 k4h9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Larger numbers are spoken of as being up or above smaller numbers. Alternate translation: “from twenty years old and more” or “who is twenty years old or older” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
30:15 r7fd 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
30:15 rll6 1 Only the men made this offering.
30:15 e8xa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney 1 Translators may use a unit of measure that people understand and a round number: “the 5.5 grams of silver” or “the 6 grams of silver.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
30:16 z6tn 1 Possible meanings are (1) “It will remind the Israelites to make atonement for their lives” or (2) “It will remind the Israelites that they have made atonement for their lives.”
30:18 ye18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 1 Here **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
30:18 v88y 1 “bronze bowl” or “bronze tub”
30:18 bh82 1 This is what the basin would be put on.
30:18 iq8n 1 This phrase explains what the priests were to use the large bronze basin for.
30:18 m5li 1 the altar of sacrifice
30:19 jq26 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
30:19 ivb1 1 “water in the basin”
30:21 hp35 1 “for Aaron and all the generations of his descendants.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md).
30:22 p8n6 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
30:23 m9g7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 1 dried plants that people grind into a powder and put in oil or food to give it a nice smell or flavor. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:6](../25/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
30:23 zq43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “500 shekels … two hundred and fifty shekels.” A shekel is about 11 grams. Translators may use units that people know and round numbers: “5.7 kilograms … 11.4 kilograms” or “six kilograms … three kilograms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
30:23 xga2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 1 These are sweet spices. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
30:24 p9jh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 1 This is a sweet spice. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
30:24 n38f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight 1 There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time. This specified which one was to be used. See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:13](../30/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
30:24 dv89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume 1 Translators may use units that people know and round numbers: “3.7 liters” or “four liters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
30:25 juf3 1 “with these items”
30:25 k3s5 1 Possible meanings are (1) Moses was to have a perfumer do the work or (2) Moses was to do the work himself the way a perfumer would do it.
30:25 yv9l 1 a person who is skilled in mixing spices and oils
30:26 f7k5 1 Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
30:26 u241 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 1 Here **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
30:26 d4id rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 The ark is the chest that contains the commandments. This can be stated clearly in the translation. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:33](../26/33.md). Alternate translation: “the chest containing the commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
30:28 v5mk 1 “the altar on which offering were burnt”
30:29 a9hr 1 Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
30:29 np7g 1 This refers to the items listed in [Exodus 30:26-28](./26.md).
30:31 k4s7 1 “all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md).
30:32 w4dt 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses what Moses must tell the people.
30:32 rlk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must not put the anointing oil that is dedicated to Yahweh on a person’s skin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
30:32 v3br 1 “with the same ingredients” or “with the same items”
30:33 pa53 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 The metaphor “cut off” has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form: (1) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” (2) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
30:34 r3j2 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what to do. Yahweh gives the commands only to Moses: all instances of **you** are singular. However, the words “blended by a perfumer” might mean that Moses could have the perfumer take the spices, blend them, grind them, and give them to Moses so Moses could put part of the mixture in front of the ark, as in UST.
30:35 as9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 The phrase with “blended” can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Make it into the form of incense that a perfumer has blended” or “A perfumer must blend it into a kind of incense” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
30:35 y8yj 1 Possible meanings are (1) Moses was to have a perfumer do the work or (2) Moses was to do the work himself the way a perfumer would do it. See how you translated these words in [Exodus 30:25](../30/25.md).
30:36 nz2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 1 “You will crush it.” Here **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
30:36 t8y9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 1 Here **you** is plural and refers to Moses and all the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
30:37 z4p5 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
30:37 dq6c 1 The word **you** here refers to the people of Israel.
30:37 yv1y 1 “with the same ingredients” or “with the same items.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:32](../30/32.md).
30:37 wh25 1 “You must consider it to be most holy”
30:38 xn6v 1 This is a pleasant smelling liquid a person puts on his or her body.
30:38 sa1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 The metaphor “cut off” has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form: (1) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” (2) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:33](../30/33.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
31:intro wfk7 0 # Exodus 31 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is the end of Exodus’ recording of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Sabbath\nAs described in this chapter, the Sabbath is more than just a day of worship or celebration. Its significance extends beyond a way to help people rest. It is a major part of the identity of the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])
31:2 m8ju rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 God speaks of choosing specific people as calling them by name. Alternate translation: “I have chosen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
31:2 hf5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
31:3 ayb9 1 Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
31:3 f7sk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Yahweh speaks of giving Bezalel his Spirit as if Bezalel were a container and God’s Spirit were a liquid. Alternate translation: “I have given my Spirit to Bezalel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
31:3 r6i5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 1 The abstract noun “craftsmanship” can be translated as “making crafts” or “making things.” Alternate translation: “for making all kinds of crafts” or “so that he can make all kinds of things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
31:6 qk4r 1 Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
31:6 jh61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
31:6 wcq7 1 God speaks of making people able to make things as if he were putting the ability into their hearts. Alternate translation: “I have given skill to all who are wise” or “I have made all who are wise able to make things well”
31:7 jc78 1 This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md).
31:7 m58b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 The ark is the chest that contains the commandments. This can be stated clearly in the translation. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:33](../26/33.md). Alternate translation: “the chest containing the commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
31:7 z5s4 1 This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md).
31:8 h84n 1 “altar to burn incense.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:3](../30/03.md).
31:9 cvl7 1 “altar on which offering were burnt.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:28](../30/28.md).
31:10 hn88 1 Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
31:11 z1u2 1 “These people who are skilled in making beautiful things”
31:13 i1lw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 God speaks of obeying his instructions about the Sabbath as keeping the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “You must certainly obey Yahweh’s instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
31:13 gw13 1 “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md).
31:13 h75a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 God speaks of choosing people to be his as setting them apart for himself. Alternate translation: “who has chosen you to be his people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
31:14 g83p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for you must treat it as holy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
31:14 mv4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 God speaks of treating the Sabbath with disrespect as defiling it. Alternate translation: “Everyone who treats the Sabbath with disrespect” or “Everyone who does not obey the laws about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
31:14 plq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 “must surely be killed.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must surely kill” or “you must surely execute” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
31:14 fz1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 The metaphor “cut off” has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form: (1) “Yahweh will no longer consider him to be one of his people” (2) “you must surely send him away” or (3) “you must surely kill him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
31:15 v4dv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “but day 7” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
31:16 iv7a 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses what he must tell the people of Israel.
31:16 t9hw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 God speaks of obeying his instructions about the Sabbath as keeping the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “must obey Yahweh’s instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
31:16 n7q2 1 “They and all the generations of their descendants must observe it.” See how you translated “throughout their people’s generations” in [Exodus 12:42](../12/42.md).
31:16 yef8 1 “a covenant that will always exist.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:43](../28/43.md).
31:18 xc6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be translated with an active verb. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh wrote on with his own hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
32:intro vv2w 0 # Exodus 32 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe events of this chapter occur while Moses spoke with God and therefore happen at the same time as the events in chapters 20-31.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 32:18.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Idolatry\nThe making of the golden calf was considered a form of idolatry. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
32:1 cfk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Here understanding something is spoken of as if it were being seen. Alternate translation: “the people realized” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:1 k2i1 1 The word “come” strengthens the force of the command following it. The people were demanding that Aaron make an idol for them.
32:1 mrb5 1 “lead us” or “be our leader”
32:2 p86s 1 The word “them” refers to the golden rings.
32:3 ckg2 1 This refers to all the people who rejected Moses as their leader and Moses’ God as their God.
32:4 uf9e 1 Aaron melted the gold and poured it into a mold that had the shape of a calf. When the gold became hard, he removed the mold, and the hardened gold had the shape of a calf.
32:5 ztx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 You may need to make explicit what he saw. “When Aaron saw what the people did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
32:6 as6u 1 “to have a wild party.” The people likely behaved in sexually immoral ways at the party.
32:8 eua5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Here God speaks of the people disobeying what he commanded them as if he had told them to walk on a certain road and they left that road. Alternate translation: “stopped doing what I commanded them to do” or “have stopped obeying what I commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:9 bh7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Here Yahweh compares knowing the people to seeing them. Alternate translation: “I know this people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:9 ffe2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Yahweh speaks of the people being stubborn as if they had stiff necks. Alternate translation: “a stubborn people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:10 fmk3 1 The word “now” is used here to mark a break in what Yahweh was telling Moses. Here Yahweh tells what he will do to the people.
32:10 sd9w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Yahweh speaks of his anger as if it were a fire that could burn hot. Alternate translation: “My anger towards them will be terrible” or “I am extremely angry with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:10 vc2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 1 The word **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
32:11 h62e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Moses used this question to try to persuade Yahweh not to be so angry with his people. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not let your anger burn against your people … a mighty hand.” or “Do not be so angry with your people … a mighty hand.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
32:11 t2cv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 1 These two phrases share similar meanings and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
32:11 ph43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 Here the word “hand” refers to the things Yahweh did. Alternate translation: “and the powerful things you did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
32:12 k26p 1 Moses continues to reason with God not to destroy Israel.
32:12 r8ij rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 1 Moses used this question to try to persuade God not to destroy his people. This rhetorical question can be translated with a statement. Alternate translation: If you destroy your people, the Egyptians might say, ‘He led them out … to destroy them from the face of the earth.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
32:12 kzh7 1 “from the surface of the earth” or “from the earth”
32:12 fns1 1 “Stop your burning anger” or “Stop being so angry”
32:12 p1df rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Moses speaks of God’s anger as if it were a fire that was burning. Alternate translation: “your terrible anger” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:13 t9sa 1 “Remember Abraham” or “Think about Abraham”
32:13 p8jq 1 “you made an oath” or “you solemnly promised”
32:13 q1g1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 God speaks about them possessing the land as if they would inherit it. Alternate translation: “They will possess it forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:15 cx7z 1 These are the two stone slabs on which God had engraved his commandments.
32:16 w3ua rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 1 These two phrases share similar meanings. The second explains how the tablets were “God’s own work.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
32:17 cua3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 It is assumed that Joshua met Moses while Moses was going back to the camp. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
32:19 hr2j 1 “the two stone slabs that Yahweh had written on”
32:21 du5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations 1 This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Then Moses asked Aaron what the people do to him, that he have brought such a great sin on them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
32:21 np73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Moses spoke of causing people to sin as if sin were an object and Aaron put it on them. Alternate translation: “you have caused them to sin so terribly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:22 z2ch rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Aaron spoke of Moses’ anger as if it were a fire that could burn. “Do not be so angry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:22 vdy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Being determined to do evil is spoken of as being set on evil. Alternate translation: “they are determined to do what is evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:23 zn68 1 People showed disrespect by putting the word “this” before his name, as if Moses were someone they did not know and could not trust.
32:24 yq7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations 1 This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “So I told them that whoever had any gold should take it off” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
32:24 b3l5 1 Instead of taking ownership for making the calf, Aaron claims the calf came out of the fire supernaturally.
32:25 ck1f 1 “were behaving wildly” or “were not controlling themselves”
32:26 jis7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations 1 This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Then Moses stood at the entrance to the camp and said that whoever was on Yahweh’s side should come to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
32:26 ryb5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Moses speaks of being loyal to Yahweh as being on Yahweh’s side. Alternate translation: “Whoever is loyal to Yahweh” or “Whoever serves Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:27 xsl3 1 “go from side of the camp to the other, starting at one entrance to the camp and going to the entrance on the other side of the camp”
32:28 at4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “3000 of the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
32:29 jzp1 1 This probably means “You have been chosen to serve Yahweh” or “You have become Yahweh’s servants.”
32:29 c6fg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 The fact that they did this in obedience to God can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “for you have obeyed Yahweh and killed your sons and your brothers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
32:30 r5fn 1 They worshiped an idol.
32:30 yi3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Moses spoke of persuading God to forgive the people as if he could make atonement for their sin. Alternate translation: “Perhaps I can persuade Yahweh to forgive you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:32 c72y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 The word “me” here refers to the name of Moses. Alternate translation: “erase my name from the book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
32:32 ahb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 What God had written in the book can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the book in which you have written the names of your people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
32:33 igb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 The phrase “that person” represents “that person’s name.” Alternate translation: “I will erase that person’s name from my book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
32:33 qwk9 1 This refers to the book of Yahweh that Moses spoke of in [Exodus 32:32](../32/32.md).
32:34 xn8p 1 On the day that God decides to punish them, it will be clear that it is God who is judging them.
32:35 ddg6 1 This plague may have been a serious illness. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made the people very sick”
32:35 wv1v 1 Even though Aaron made the calf, the people were also guilty because they told Aaron to do it. Alternate translation: “they told Aaron to make the calf”
33:intro g5k3 0 # Exodus 33 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Covenant\nWhile the covenants Yahweh made may not be conditioned upon the obedience of Israel, it is clear that their conquering of the Promised Land was conditioned on their obedience to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
33:1 p8xp 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses of his anger.
33:3 yyt4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 The land was good for raising livestock and growing crops. See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md). Alternate translation: “a land that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
33:3 y347 1 “full of” or “with an abundance of”
33:3 ck4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
33:3 a4ct rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
33:3 ah5t 1 “people who refuse to change”
33:4 cf7g 1 beautiful clothing as well as chains and rings with jewels in them
33:5 rzr5 1 “people who refuse to change.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:3](../33/03.md).
33:9 yt4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 The cloud had the shape of a pillar. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:22](../13/22.md). Alternate translation: “the cloud shaped like a pillar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33:9 vam7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 Where it came down from can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “would come down from the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
33:11 zrb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Speaking directly rather than through dreams and visions, is spoken of as if Moses and God saw each other’s faces while they spoke. Alternate translation: “Yahweh would speak directly to Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33:11 ika8 1 Joshua was old enough to be a soldier, but he was much younger than Moses
33:12 unz8 1 “Look!” or “Listen!” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
33:12 w7fs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 1 To know someone by name is to know them well. Alternate translation: “I know you well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
33:12 a7jr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 1 Here “found favor” is an idiom that means be approved of or that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing God’s evaluation. Alternate translation: “I have evaluated you and approve” or “I am pleased with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33:13 e6vv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 1 Here “found favor” is an idiom that means be approved of or that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing God’s evaluation. Alternate translation: “Now If you are pleased with me” or “Now if you approve of me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33:13 zi7j 1 Possible meanings: (1) “show me what you are going to do in the future” or (2) “show me how people can do what pleases you.”
33:14 gh8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 God’s presence represents himself. Alternate translation: “I will go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
33:14 hl15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 1 The word **you** here refers to Moses. It is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
33:14 hc5n 1 “I will let you rest”
33:16 d36k 1 “For if your presence does not go with us”
33:16 tu8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be expressed with an active form. Alternate translation: how will people know” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
33:16 cgl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 1 Moses used this question in order to emphasize that if God does not go with them, no one will know that Moses had found favor in God’s sight. Alternate translation: “no one will know … people.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
33:16 u82a 1 “Will it not only be known if”
33:17 aln2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 1 When Yahweh uses the word **you** in this verse, it is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
33:17 ln7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 1 Here “found favor” is an idiom that means that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). Alternate translation: “I am pleased with you” or “I approve of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33:17 u2nv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 1 To know someone by name is to know them well. See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). Alternate translation: “I know you well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
33:19 sx1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 God speaks of walking past Moses so that Moses can see his goodness as if only his goodness would go past Moses. Alternate translation: “I will move past you so that you may see my goodness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
33:21 s4iy 1 “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you.”
33:23 fmu8 1 This is because Yahweh will be walking away from Moses.
33:23 gw1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “but you will not see my face” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
34:intro smp6 0 # Exodus 34 General Notes\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “He will bring the punishment for the fathers’ sin on their children”\nThis phrase does not mean that a child is necessarily punished for the sins of their parents. Many scholars believe that this passage indicates that a parent’s sins will have consequences that will affect their children and grandchildren. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
34:1 s1kv 1 “flat slabs of stone.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:18](../31/18.md)
34:3 fk8z 1 Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
34:3 ck6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 Being seen doing something represents doing that. Alternate translation: “Do not let anyone else be anywhere on the mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
34:3 x3rx 1 “Even flocks or herds are not allowed to come near the mountain to eat.”
34:5 sp7f 1 “stood with Moses on the mountain”
34:5 r9ey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 Possible meanings are (1) “he spoke the name ‘Yahweh.’” or (2) “he proclaimed who Yahweh is.” For the second meaning, “name” would represent who God is. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
34:6 fz1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 1 God is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am God, and I am merciful and gracious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
34:6 e1k3 1 “always showing covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness”
34:6 j7we rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 1 The abstract nouns “faithfulness” and “trustworthiness” can be stated as “faithful” and “trustworthy.” Alternate translation: “always being faithful to my covenant and always being trustworthy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
34:7 lt2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 1 The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithfully” or “faithful.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 20:6](../20/06.md). Alternate translation: “faithfully loving thousands of generations” or “faithful to his covenant with thousands of generation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
34:7 q7z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 1 Yahweh is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “But I will” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
34:7 x397 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 1 Yahweh is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I will by no means clear the guilty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
34:7 ts1b 1 “will certainly not clear the guilty” or “will certainly not say that the guilty are innocent” or “will certainly not free guilty people”
34:7 px85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Punishing people is spoken of as if punishment were an object that someone could bring on people. Alternate translation: “He will punish the children for their fathers’ sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
34:7 c3tb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 The word “children” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “their descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
34:9 mh3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 1 Here “found favor” is an idiom that means be approved of or that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). Alternate translation: “Now If you are pleased with me” or “Now if you approve of me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
34:9 hw66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 1 The words “iniquity” and “sin” mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. Alternate translation: “all our sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
34:9 n6e5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Something that someone possesses forever is spoken of as if it were something that they had inherited. Alternate translation: “take us as the people that you possess forever” or “accept us as the people who belong to you forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
34:10 zdq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 1 Here “your” refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
34:10 bj1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 1 A fearful thing is a thing that causes people to be afraid. In this case, people will fear God when they see what he does. Alternate translation: “what I do for you will cause people to fear me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
34:10 s7uz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 1 Here **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
34:12 b459 1 Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Here he tells him what Moses and the people must do.
34:12 lxz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 People who tempt others to sin are spoken of as if they were a trap. Alternate translation: “they will tempt you to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
34:14 vmx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 The word “Jealous” here means that God is concerned to keep his honor. If his people worship other gods, he loses honor, because when his people do not honor him, other people also will not honor him. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, always guard my honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
34:14 s5sd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 The word “name” here represents God’s character. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, who am always jealous” or “I, Yahweh, am always jealous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
34:15 f1e3 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses how his people are to behave towards outsiders.
34:15 gtd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 God speaks of people worshiping other gods as if they were prostitutes going to other men. Alternate translation: “for they worship other gods” or “because they worship other gods like prostitutes who go to other men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
34:15 bj2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 The consequence of eating food that is sacrificed to another god can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “you will eat some of his sacrifice and become guilty of worshiping his gods” or “and you will prostitute yourself to his god by eating some of his sacrifice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
34:18 s1rr 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
34:18 u5be rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “7 days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
34:18 i5ck rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths 1 This is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. See how you translated “Aviv” in [Exodus 13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
34:19 ly7d 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
34:20 yz8x 1 Firstborn sons and firstborn donkeys belonged to Yahweh, but Yahweh did not want them sacrificed to Him. Instead, the Israelites were to sacrifice a lamb in their place. This allowed the Israelites to buy the donkeys and sons back from Yahweh.
34:20 u2p5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 God speaks of the offering as if the person was to carry it in his hands. Alternate translation: “No one may come to me without an offering” or “Everyone who comes to me must bring me an offering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
34:21 w9ed 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
34:21 swm8 1 “Even when you are preparing the soil or gathering the crops”
34:22 d13l 1 This festival was also known as the Festival of Shelters or the Festival of Booths. The idea came from the practice of the farmers living in temporary booths, or huts, out in the fields to guard the crop as it ripened. The word “Ingathering” means when they harvest their crop.
34:23 zh58 1 Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
34:25 zx2v 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
34:25 e8v2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 The fact that the blood is from an animal can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the blood of an animal that you sacrifice to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
34:25 k2f7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 The fact that any yeast would be in bread can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “with bread that has yeast in it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
34:28 mm6l 1 “Moses was on the mountain”
34:28 j9t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “40 days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
34:28 wt1c 1 “for forty days, both day and night”
34:28 yun2 1 “Moses wrote”
34:29 d9zk 1 “had started to shine”
34:31 jfb4 1 “approached him” or “went to him.” They did not go up the mountain.
34:32 kt23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Telling commands is spoken of as if the commands were objects that could be given. Alternate translation: “all the commands that Yahweh had told him” or “everything that Yahweh had commanded them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
34:34 fzm1 1 “Moses would remove”
34:34 m1sv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh had commanded him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
35:intro lew9 0 # Exodus 35 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Sacrifice\nAll of the people offered sacrifices to Yahweh. This was a form of worship and a sign of repentance from making the golden calf idol. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
35:2 c559 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 1 “day number seven” or “Saturday” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
35:2 zij9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must kill anyone who does work on that day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
35:4 jdb8 1 In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md).
35:5 h5c8 1 In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md).
35:5 n2c8 1 “Take up a collection for Yahweh”
35:5 y2x6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 1 Here “heart” refers to the person bringing the offering. Alternate translation: “everyone who is willing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
35:6 r12v 1 In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md).
35:7 nmv4 1 In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md).
35:7 l5bq 1 See how you translated similar phrases in [Exodus 25:5](../25/05.md).
35:8 ikm4 1 In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md).
35:9 f1dd 1 In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md).
35:10 c31r 1 Moses continues telling the people what God commanded them to do.
35:10 dc4b 1 “Every man with a skill”
35:11 j5t7 1 The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:6](../26/06.md).
35:11 syn4 1 These are heavy objects that rest on the ground and keep the object attached to them from moving. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:31](../25/31.md).
35:12 rj7s 1 This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md).
35:13 x3tl 1 “The people of Israel brought”
35:13 l641 1 This bread represented the presence of God. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:30](../25/30.md).
35:16 h116 1 This is a frame of crossed bronze bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated “grate” in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md).
35:17 h8zl 1 These were large curtains made of cloth. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md).
35:17 x54f 1 These were strong pieces of wood set upright and used as supports. See how you translated these in [Exodus 27:10](../27/10.md).
35:17 xtm8 1 These were blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md).
35:18 n44r 1 sharp pieces of wood or metal used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md).
35:19 x1pc 1 This was clothing made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md).
35:20 w6rg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 This refers to the people in the tribes. Alternate translation: “the people from all the tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
35:21 b9wk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 1 Here “heart” refers to the person. The heart that responded to God is spoken of as if it were water stirred up by a storm. Alternate translation: “who responded to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
35:21 be9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 1 Here “spirit” refers to the person. Alternate translation: “who was willing” or “who wanted to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
35:22 mwx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 1 Here “heart” refers to the person. Alternate translation: “everyone who was willing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
35:22 wwp2 1 These are different kinds of jewelry.
35:23 s3ky 1 For 35:23 see how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:4-5](../25/04.md).
35:25 ebm5 1 Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md).
35:26 k1gy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 1 Here “hearts” refers to the women. The hearts of the women who responded to God are spoken of as if they were water stirred up by a storm. Alternate translation: “who responded to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
35:27 f13n 1 For 35:27 see how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md).
35:28 h3a1 1 For 35:28 see how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 25:6](../25/06.md)
35:29 li5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 1 Here “heart” refers to the people. Alternate translation: “who was willing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
35:30 z1e2 1 See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md)
35:31 gse9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 God’s Spirit who gave Bezalel the ability to work is spoken of here as if he was something that filled up Bezalel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
35:31 zd74 1 See how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 31:3](../31/03.md)
35:32 r7e3 1 See how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 31:4](../31/04.md)
35:33 fj6f 1 See how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 31:5](../31/05.md)
35:34 a1r8 1 Moses continues speaking to the people.
35:34 xd67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 1 Here “heart” refers to Bezalel. The ability to teach is spoken of as if it something that could be placed in a heart. Alternate translation: “He gave Bezalel the ability to teach” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
35:34 ab2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 “Oholiab” and “Ahisamak” are names of men. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
35:35 rcv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Skill to create beautiful objects is spoken of as if it was something that could fill up a person. Alternate translation: “made them very skillful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
35:35 me14 1 a person who cuts designs into a hard material such as wood, stone, or metal
35:35 u7tf 1 people who sew designs into cloth
35:35 r8zk 1 people who are skilled in making beautiful objects by hand
35:35 cw3x 1 a person who creates cloth using thread
35:35 a6c3 1 a person who creates beauty with materials
36:intro nz4n 0 # Exodus 36 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Tent of meeting\nThe tent of meeting, or tabernacle, mentioned in previous chapters is constructed in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
36:1 ubk2 1 Moses continues speaking to the people.
36:1 ds99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
36:1 tl5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
36:1 tr3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 Here skill and ability are spoken of as if they are something that Yahweh can place inside a person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
36:1 mdi4 1 “just as Yahweh has commanded”
36:2 tgn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
36:2 wq6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
36:2 tda7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 1 Here “mind” refers to the person who was made skillful by Yahweh. Alternate translation: “to whom Yahweh had given skill” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
36:2 yuq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 1 Here “heart” refers to the person. The heart that responded to God is spoken of as if it were water stirred up by a storm. Alternate translation: “who responded to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
36:5 tni7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations 1 The can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “The craftsmen told Moses that the people were bringing much more than enough for doing the work that Yahweh has commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
36:5 pd95 1 “The men working on the sanctuary told Moses”
36:8 kw33 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md).
36:8 l7ub 1 These curtains are sheets of cloth woven and sewed together so that they can hang to form a wall or tent.
36:8 s2hu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
36:9 p2mr 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:2](../26/02.md).
36:10 z6sq 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:3](../26/03.md).
36:11 yw91 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:4](../26/04.md).
36:11 qh6e 1 Here “he” refers to Bezalel, but it includes all the men working on the sanctuary.
36:11 y7vq 1 loops of blue cloth
36:11 i4ba 1 These were large, heavy sections of woven cloth that were used to form the covering and dividing walls of the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md).
36:12 k1qq 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:5](../26/05.md).
36:13 z2zi 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:6](../26/06.md).
36:13 j75x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “50 gold clasps” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
36:14 m2ac 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:7](../26/07.md).
36:14 us17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “made 11” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
36:15 fa6i 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:8](../26/08.md).
36:15 ret8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “30 cubits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
36:16 wwj6 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:9](../26/09.md).
36:17 qt9b 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:10](../26/10.md).
36:17 jm1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “50 loops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
36:18 mq1j 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:11](../26/11.md).
36:18 a7mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “50 bronze clasps” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
36:19 p3ke 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:14](../26/14.md).
36:20 t739 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:15](../26/15.md).
36:21 prx5 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:16](../26/16.md).
36:21 gci3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 1 “10 cubits … 1.5 cubits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
36:22 l8yx 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:17](../26/17.md).
36:22 vq4m 1 A wooden peg is a small piece of wood sticking out beyond the end of the board so it can be secured.
36:23 ev65 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:18](../26/18.md).
36:24 ln2x 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md).
36:24 u5ue rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “40 silver bases” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
36:24 yx4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “20 frames” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
36:25 w2wz 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:20](../26/20.md).
36:26 gbm9 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:21](../26/21.md).
36:26 b9dy 1 There will be two bases under each and every frame.
36:27 a7js 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:22](../26/22.md).
36:27 m6ue 1 on the side that is on the west
36:28 hw9c 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:23](../26/23.md).
36:28 ma1f 1 for the corners at the rear of the tabernacle
36:29 u396 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:24](../26/24.md).
36:30 mu5n 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:25](../26/25.md).
36:30 zls4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “16 bases in all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
36:30 r252 1 There will be two bases under each and every frame.
36:31 cf2p 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:26](../26/26.md).
36:32 p4wd 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:27](../26/27.md).
36:32 tc6s 1 on the west side
36:33 h94y 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:28](../26/28.md).
36:33 lk9f 1 from one side of the tabernacle to the other side
36:34 i17v 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:29](../26/29.md).
36:35 pfc5 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:31](../26/31.md).
36:36 hg2q 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:32](../26/32.md).
36:37 r5ya 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md).
36:37 vv61 1 Here “he” refers to Bezalel and those working for him. “Bezalel and his men made”
36:37 neu2 1 a curtain
36:38 pr67 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:37](../26/37.md).
37:intro mt99 0 # Exodus 37 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The ark of the covenant\nThe ark, mentioned in previous chapters, is constructed in this chapter. There are other furnishings of the tabernacle that are also produced in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
37:1 byr3 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:10](../25/10.md).
37:1 xz1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
37:1 ps6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.5 cubits … 1.5 cubits” or “115 centimeters … 69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
37:2 kb3s 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:11](../25/11.md).
37:3 pb6v 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:12](../25/12.md).
37:3 ut8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 These four pieces of wood that supported the ark are spoken of as if they were human or animal feet. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
37:4 nr8y 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:13](../25/13.md).
37:4 n9kr 1 Though “he” refers to Bezalel, “he” may include all of the workers who assisted him.
37:5 v9j7 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:14](../25/14.md).
37:6 liw8 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md).
37:6 ba8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.5 cubits … 1.5 cubits” or “115 centimeters … 69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
37:7 nhi3 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:18](../25/18.md).
37:8 g96y 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:19](../25/19.md).
37:8 y13s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He made them as one piece” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
37:9 e6na 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:20](../25/20.md).
37:9 r7nm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 1 Bezalel placed the statues of the cherubim as if they were real cherubim which were spreading their wings and overshadowing the atonement lid. Alternate translation: “They placed the winged creatures so that their wings touched each other and spread out over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
37:9 zsq1 1 “The faces of the cherubim were towards each other, and they looked toward”
37:10 ktf8 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:23](../25/23.md).
37:10 fnt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2 cubits … 1 cubit … 1.5 cubits” or “92 centimeters … 46 centimeters … 69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
37:11 l2kv 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:24](../25/24.md).
37:12 i1ba 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:25](../25/25.md).
37:12 j4iq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 1 This was the width of a man’s hand with fingers spread out. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
37:13 b56c 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:26](../25/26.md).
37:13 k69z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 1 These four pieces of wood that supported the ark are spoken of as if they were human or animal feet. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
37:14 tc3u 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:27](../25/27.md).
37:14 b3ma rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Bezalel attached the rings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
37:15 zkr8 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:28](../25/28.md).
37:16 h598 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:29](../25/29.md).
37:16 ui2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 It is only the bowls and pitchers that are used to pour out the offerings. Alternate translation: “plates and cups, and also the jars and bowls which the priests will use for pouring out the offerings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
37:17 edx6 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:31](../25/31.md).
37:17 wp6l 1 Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
37:17 s977 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He made the cups, its leafy bases, and its flowers as one piece with the lampstand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
37:18 kuh2 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:32](../25/32.md).
37:19 g1y9 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:33](../25/33.md).
37:19 j6vz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he made the 3 cups look like almond blossoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
37:19 cbe6 1 An almond blossom is a white or pink flower with five petals that grows on an almond tree.
37:20 nl54 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:34](../25/34.md).
37:20 bx63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “there were 4 cups which Bezalel made to look like almond blossoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
37:21 x1u5 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:35](../25/35.md).
37:21 v3c2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which he made as one piece with the lampstand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
37:22 ks9z 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:36](../25/36.md).
37:23 b2jq 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:37-38](../25/37.md).
37:23 r4y1 1 Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
37:23 njx7 1 This is a tool made from two sticks of wood or metal connected at one end and used for picking up objects.
37:24 uz5h 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:39](../25/39.md).
37:24 arz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight 1 “33 kilograms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
37:25 el8w 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 30:1-2](../30/01.md).
37:25 li9d 1 Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
37:25 c8mg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
37:25 xq8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He made the horns as one piece with the altar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
37:26 ep66 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 30:3](../30/03.md).
37:27 zez2 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 30:4](../30/04.md).
37:27 d2v9 1 Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
37:27 p89d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which they attached to the altar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
37:28 hw37 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 30:5](../30/05.md).
37:29 c992 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 30:25](../30/25.md).
37:29 z685 1 See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:6](../25/06.md).
37:29 akg9 1 A perfumer is skilled in mixing spices and oils.
38:intro hp86 0 # Exodus 38 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The altar\nThe altar is constructed in this chapter. There are other furnishings of the tabernacle that are also produced in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])\n\n### Materials\nThe list of materials being used is intended to give the reader an understanding of the scale of the tabernacle. It should fill the reader with awe concerning the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
38:1 r81c 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:1](../27/01.md).
38:1 gk19 1 Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
38:1 g5ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 1 One cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
38:2 g71x 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md).
38:2 se9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He made the horns as one piece” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:3 v73t 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:3](../27/03.md).
38:4 rx7v 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md) and [Exodus 27:5](../27/05.md).
38:4 nb1q 1 Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
38:4 g5rb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which they placed under the ledge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:5 kp6w 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md).
38:6 l258 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:6](../27/06.md).
38:6 ihi9 1 Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
38:7 ys63 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:7-8](../27/07.md).
38:7 wa8g 1 a long, flat piece of wood that is thicker than a board
38:8 tqi9 1 Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
38:8 e6gd 1 The stand supported the bronze basin. See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:18](../30/18.md).
38:8 mdx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 The bronze came from the mirrors. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “The bronze for the basin came from the mirrors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
38:8 e1wq 1 A mirror is a piece of polished metal or glass that reflects an image.
38:9 clk6 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:9](../27/09.md).
38:9 j2nq 1 Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
38:9 i24a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “100” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:9 su7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
38:10 nz6q 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:10](../27/10.md).
38:10 x9jn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “20” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:11 mp6n 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:11](../27/11.md).
38:11 kl3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “100 … 20” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:11 xl4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
38:12 g5iz 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:12](../27/12.md).
38:12 vuw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “50 … 10” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:13 iju3 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:13](../27/13.md).
38:13 fw1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “50” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:13 jl57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
38:14 n1xj 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:14](../27/14.md).
38:14 b85e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “15 … 3” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:15 dlq7 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:15](../27/15.md).
38:16 s5zf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Bezalel and the workers made all the hangings around the courtyard with fine linen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:17 s5g5 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:17](../27/17.md).
38:17 r7g6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Bezalel and the workers made the bases for the posts out of bronze” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:17 va1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They made the hooks, the rods for the posts, and the covering for the tops of the posts out of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:17 i3bf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They covered the courtyard posts with silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:18 hmi5 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:16](../27/16.md).
38:18 h4ki rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “20 … 5” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:18 yf6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
38:18 trz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They made the curtain out of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:19 fjw4 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:17](../27/17.md).
38:19 kqf3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “4” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:19 a2ix rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They made the covering for the tops of the posts and their rods out of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:20 ye5c 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md).
38:20 p55d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They made all of the tent pegs for the tabernacle and courtyard out of bronze” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:21 wqi5 1 Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
38:21 k2ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which Moses instructed the Levites to write down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:21 ex1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 This is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
38:22 d86g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 “Bezalel” and “uri” are the name of men. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
38:22 i4ha 1 “everything that Yahweh told Moses to do”
38:23 f93b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 “Oholiab” and “Ahisamak” are names of men. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
38:23 wvw4 1 “as a skilled engraver and embroiderer”
38:24 tl4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “All the gold that the people used for the project” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:24 y7hy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 A talent is about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “29 talents” or “about 960 kilograms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
38:24 tg3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 A shekel is 11 grams. Alternate translation: “seven hundred and thirty shekels” or “about 8 kilograms.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
38:24 f6sq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight 1 There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time. This specified which one was to be used. See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:13](../30/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
38:25 ni5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 A talent is about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “100 talents” or “about 330 kilograms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
38:25 gn9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 A shekel is 11 grams. “one thousand seven hundred and seventy-five shekels” or “about 20 kilograms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
38:25 egg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The silver which the community gave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:26 t2gi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight 1 A beka is 1/2 a shekel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
38:26 fyy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight 1 A shekel is 11 grams. Alternate translation: “1/2 a shekel” or “five and a half grams” or “5 1/2 grams” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
38:26 ll8b 1 Every man who was 20 years old or older was included in the census and was required to give half a shekel.
38:26 c69c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “20 years old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:27 p7r5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight 1 A talent is about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “The workers cast 100 talents of silver” or “The workers cast 3,300 kilograms of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:27 n8z7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “100 talents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:28 k2fi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “one thousand seven hundred and seventy-five shekels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:28 ii3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney 1 A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
38:28 nxf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
38:29 p3mr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “70 talents and two thousand four hundred shekels.” This would be about 2,300 kilograms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
38:30 zfk8 1 Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
38:30 rck7 1 This is a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md).
38:31 bvr9 1 These are sharp bronze stakes that were used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md).
39:intro mll6 0 # Exodus 39 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The holy clothing\nThe special, holy clothing mentioned in previous chapters is produced in this chapter to the correct specifications. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
39:1 s66r 1 Bezalel’s work crew shifts to making the priestly garments.
39:1 ys6l 1 The word “they” refers to Bezalel, Oholiab, and the other workmen.
39:1 h8kg 1 “just as Yahweh told Moses to do”
39:2 b9mg 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:6](../28/06.md).
39:2 ain4 1 Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:2 p5xy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
39:4 c7lu 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:7](../28/07.md).
39:4 pq62 1 Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:5 g75w 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md).
39:5 wf2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they made it as one piece with the ephod with fine twisted linen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
39:5 cc56 1 “just as Yahweh told Moses to do.” See how you translated this phrase in [Exodus 39:1](../39/01.md).
39:6 k7vw 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:9](../28/09.md) and [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md).
39:6 h1bz 1 Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:6 naa8 1 This was an engraved stone that was used to stamp a design in a wax seal. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md).
39:6 ajh3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1 “12 sons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
39:7 ize6 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:12](../28/12.md).
39:7 d24m 1 “just as Yahweh told Moses to do.” See how you translated this phrase in [Exodus 39:1](../39/01.md).
39:8 mlf6 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:15](../28/15.md).
39:8 gj9p 1 Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:8 k7b6 1 “Bezalel made” or “Bezalel and the workers made”
39:9 lkt1 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:16](../28/16.md).
39:9 f4ms rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 1 A span is 23 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
39:10 xzb8 1 Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:10 m54c 1 “The workers set in the breastpiece”
39:10 cmv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 1 Some languages may not have words for each of these stones. The important fact is that they were valuable and different from one another. See how you translated these in [Exodus 28:17](../28/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
39:11 qx96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 1 Some languages may not have words for each of these stones. The important fact is that they were valuable and different from one another. See how you translated these in [Exodus 28:18](../28/18.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
39:12 kk8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 1 Some languages may not have words for each of these stones. The important fact is that they were valuable and different from one another. See how you translated these in [Exodus 28:19](../28/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
39:13 l9wa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 1 Some languages may not have words for each of these stones. The important fact is that they were valuable and different from one another. See how you translated these in [Exodus 28:20](../28/20.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
39:13 h3bw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They mounted the stones in gold settings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
39:14 z5va 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:21](../28/21.md).
39:14 a9bw 1 Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:14 yby8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The workers arranged the stones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
39:15 byz8 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:22](../28/22.md).
39:16 b8m6 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:23-24](../28/23.md).
39:17 w2s4 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:24](../28/24.md).
39:17 v4i5 1 Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:17 lc2x 1 “chains that are made of pure gold and are braided like cords.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:14](../28/14.md).
39:18 bw76 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:25](../28/25.md).
39:19 nd41 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:26](../28/26.md).
39:19 del5 1 Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:20 w8wz 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:27](../28/27.md).
39:20 l1dz 1 This was a cloth belt made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md).
39:21 zu91 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:28](../28/28.md).
39:21 uq61 1 Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:21 h1yb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so they could attach it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
39:21 scn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives 1 The double negative can be translated as a positive. Alternate translation: “the breastpiece would stay attached to the ephod” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
39:22 vdw1 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:31-32](../28/31.md).
39:22 n25q 1 Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:22 p8nv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 1 This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
39:23 cyc1 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:32](../28/32.md).
39:24 eak6 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:33](../28/33.md).
39:25 sx9b 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:34-35](../28/34.md).
39:25 f8t3 1 Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments as commanded in [Exodus 28:34-35](../28/34.md).
39:25 x1ww 1 These were tiny bells.
39:26 gtg5 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:34-35](../28/34.md).
39:27 pz63 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:39](../28/39.md).
39:27 rp6p 1 Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:28 um4e 1 This is a head covering worn by men made of a long strip of cloth wound around the head. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md).
39:28 jex8 1 A headband is a narrow, decorative strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:40](../28/40.md).
39:28 c4pr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 This is clothing worn under the outer clothes, next to the skin. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:42](../28/42.md). Alternate translation: “underwear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
39:29 hn5g 1 This is a long piece of cloth worn over the shoulder or around the waist. See how you translated this word in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md)
39:30 kq33 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:36](../28/36.md).
39:30 m6jj 1 Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments..
39:30 d85k 1 This was an engraved crown made of pure gold. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:6](../29/06.md).
39:31 fml2 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:37](../28/37.md).
39:32 jh64 1 The Israelites finish making the things Yahweh commanded in [Exodus 35:4-9](../35/04.md) and [Exodus 35:10-12](../35/10.md).
39:32 z1z7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 1 The “tabernacle” and “tent of meeting” are the same thing. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So the people of Israel finished all of the work on the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
39:33 y9ym 1 The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:6](../26/06.md).
39:33 b3q3 1 These are heavy objects that rest on the ground and keep the object attached to them from moving. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:31](../25/31.md).
39:34 z6r6 1 See how you translated similar phrases in this in [Exodus 25:5](../25/05.md).
39:35 i7d9 1 This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md).
39:36 lvq3 1 Bezalel’s work crew continues to present all that they made to Moses.
39:36 knn8 1 This bread represented the presence of God. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:30](../25/30.md).
39:39 e755 1 This is a frame of crossed bars that held wood while burning. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md).
39:40 i8lm 1 Bezalel’s work crew continues to present all that they made to Moses.
39:40 m3x9 1 “The people of Israel brought”
39:40 ajt4 1 These refer to the same place.
39:42 ct6k 1 “And so the people”
39:43 t26m 1 The word “behold” here draws attention to the information that follows.
39:43 z79s 1 “They did it in the way that Yahweh had commanded them”
40:intro fa6e 0 # Exodus 40 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is repetitive and should read as a series of instructions. It is repeated as well to show that Moses was obedient to every detail of Yahweh’s command.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Yahweh’s glory filled the tabernacle”\nThis phrase indicates that Yahweh began to dwell within the tabernacle, among Israel, in a special way. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
40:2 crr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths 1 The new year marks the time when God rescued his people from Egypt. This happens around the middle of March on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
40:3 iv52 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
40:3 l7fp 1 “place the ark of the covenant decrees in the sacred chest”
40:3 psu3 1 “put the ark behind the curtain”
40:5 n4wx 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
40:5 a4xe 1 This refers to the “sacred chest.”
40:8 zfl6 1 Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
40:9 ce7i 1 “all the things that are a part of it”
40:12 yiq8 1 Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
40:12 j7ea 1 Moses will do these things himself.
40:13 bs4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that you have set apart to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
40:14 w7yw 1 Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
40:15 js17 1 “through all the generations of their descendants.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md).
40:17 r6pc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So the people set up the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
40:17 gzu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths 1 This refers to exactly one year after God rescued his people from Egypt. This happens around the middle of March on Western calendars. See how you translated this in [Exodus 40:2](../40/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
40:17 wnh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 1 This is the second year after Yahweh brought his people out of Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
40:18 kk4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 Moses was the leader. The people helped him set up the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
40:18 c6rm 1 a strong piece of wood set upright and used as a support
40:21 l31p 1 Moses was the leader. He had workers helping him.
40:21 n8r9 1 “in front of”
40:24 sw1w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 Moses instructed his workers to move the lampstand. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “Moses’ workmen set the lampstand inside the sacred tent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
40:26 i5gg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 This curtain separated the holy place from the very holy place. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “in front of the curtain that separated the holy place from the very holy place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
40:31 bf9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 They washed with water from the basin. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “washed their hands and their feet with water from the basin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
40:33 y62k וַ⁠יְצַ֣ו 1 “And so”
40:34 ysd8 כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ 1 “Yahweh’s awesome presence filled”
40:36 ak35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בַּ֖ת תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן 1 - **saying, “You shall throw every new-born son into the river, but every daughter you shall let live.”** - A single level direct quote. While this particular instruction is very easy to rephrase as an indirect quote (in English), the use of **saying** in Hebrew suggests that this should be translated as a direct quotation if possible. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
40:37 s8y2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן 1 - **you shall** - These are plural referring to all Pharaoh’s people.
Reference in New Issue View Git Blame Copy Permalink